merge trunk

2018-05-05 11:39:20 +00:00 · 2017-02-01 15:03:59 +00:00 · 2016-10-03 16:55:56 +00:00 · 2016-08-22 07:58:55 +00:00 · 2016-07-11 09:16:15 +00:00 · 2016-07-11 08:09:33 +00:00
769 changed files with 48999 additions and 73016 deletions
@@ -4,26 +4,6 @@ compat/zlib/win64/zdll.lib
 compat/zlib/win64/zlib1.dll
 compat/zlib/win64/libz.dll.a
 compat/zlib/zlib.3.pdf
-compat/zlib/win32/zdll.lib
-compat/zlib/win32/zlib1.dll
-compat/zlib/win64/zdll.lib
-compat/zlib/win64/zlib1.dll
-compat/zlib/win64/libz.dll.a
-compat/zlib/zlib.3.pdf
-libtommath/win32/tommath.lib
-libtommath/win32/libtommath.dll
-libtommath/win64/tommath.lib
-libtommath/win64/libtommath.dll
-libtommath/win64/libtommath.dll.a
-*.a
 *.bmp
-*.dll
-*.exe
 *.gif
-*.gz
-*.jpg
-*.lib
-*.pdf
-*.png
-*.xlsx
-*.zip
+*.png
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+compat/zlib/contrib/dotzlib/DotZLib/UnitTests.cs
+compat/zlib/contrib/vstudio/readme.txt
+compat/zlib/contrib/vstudio/*/zlib.rc
+compat/zlib/win32/*.txt
+compat/zlib/win64/*.txt
+libtommath/*.dsp
+libtommath/*.sln
+libtommath/*.vcproj
+tools/tcl.hpj.in
+tools/tcl.wse.in
+win/buildall.vc.bat
+win/coffbase.txt
+win/makefile.vc
+win/rules.vc
+win/rules-ext.vc
+win/targets.vc
+win/tcl.dsp
+win/tcl.dsw
+win/tcl.hpj.in
@@ -3,9 +3,7 @@
 *.dylib
 *.exe
 *.exp
-*.la
 *.lib
-*.lo
 *.o
 *.obj
 *.pdb
@@ -21,18 +19,14 @@
 */tcltest*
 */versions.vc
 */version.vc
-*/libtcl.vfs
-*/libtcl_*.zip
 html
 libtommath/bn.ilg
 libtommath/bn.ind
 libtommath/pretty.build
 libtommath/tommath.src
-libtommath/*.log
 libtommath/*.pdf
-libtommath/gen.pl
+libtommath/*.pl
 libtommath/*.sh
-libtommath/doc/*
 libtommath/tombc/*
 libtommath/pre_gen/*
 libtommath/pics/*
@@ -49,7 +43,6 @@ unix/tclIndex
 unix/pkgs/*
 win/Debug*
 win/Release*
-win/*.manifest
 win/pkgs/*
 win/coffbase.txt
 win/tcl.hpj
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-# Set the default behavior, in case people don't have core.autocrlf set.
-* eol=lf
-* text=auto
-
-# Explicitly declare text files you want to always be normalized and converted
-# to native line endings on checkout.
-*.3 text
-*.c text
-*.css text
-*.enc text
-*.h text
-*.htm text
-*.html text
-*.java text
-*.js text
-*.json text
-*.n text
-*.svg text
-*.ts text
-*.tcl text
-*.test text
-
-# Declare files that will always have CRLF line endings on checkout.
-*.bat eol=crlf
-*.sln eol=crlf
-*.vc eol=crlf
-
-# Denote all files that are truly binary and should not be modified.
-*.a binary
-*.dll binary
-*.exe binary
-*.gif binary
-*.gz binary
-*.jpg binary
-*.lib binary
-*.pdf binary
-*.png binary
-*.xlsx binary
-*.zip binary
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-Important Note
-==========
-Please do not file issues with Tcl on Github. They are unlikely to be noticed in a timely fashion. Tcl issues are hosted in the [tcl fossil repository on core.tcl.tk](https://core.tcl.tk/tcl/tktnew); please post them there.
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-Important Note
-==========
-Please do not file pull requests with Tcl on Github. They are unlikely to be noticed in a timely fashion. Tcl issues (including patches) are hosted in the [tcl fossil repository on core.tcl.tk](https://core.tcl.tk/tcl/tktnew); please post them there.
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-*.a
-*.dll
-*.dylib
-*.exe
-*.exp
-*.lib
-*.o
-*.obj
-*.pdb
-*.res
-*.sl
-*.so
-*/Makefile
-*/config.cache
-*/config.log
-*/config.status
-*/tclConfig.sh
-*/tclsh*
-*/tcltest*
-*/versions.vc
-*/version.vc
-*/libtcl.vfs
-*/libtcl_*.zip
-html
-libtommath/bn.ilg
-libtommath/bn.ind
-libtommath/pretty.build
-libtommath/tommath.src
-libtommath/*.log
-libtommath/*.pdf
-libtommath/*.pl
-libtommath/*.sh
-libtommath/doc/*
-libtommath/tombc/*
-libtommath/pre_gen/*
-libtommath/pics/*
-libtommath/mtest/*
-libtommath/logs/*
-libtommath/etc/*
-libtommath/demo/*
-libtommath/*.out
-libtommath/*.tex
-unix/autoMkindex.tcl
-unix/dltest.marker
-unix/tcl.pc
-unix/tclIndex
-unix/pkgs/*
-win/Debug*
-win/Release*
-win/*.manifest
-win/pkgs/*
-win/coffbase.txt
-win/tcl.hpj
-win/nmhlp-out.txt
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
 <projectDescription>
-	<name>tcl8</name>
+	<name>tcl9</name>
 	<comment></comment>
 	<projects>
 	</projects>
@@ -1,387 +0,0 @@
-sudo: false
-language: c
-
-matrix:
-  include:
-# Testing on Linux with various compilers
-    - name: "Linux/GCC/Shared"
-      os: linux
-      dist: xenial
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=unix
-    - name: "Linux/GCC/Shared: UTF_MAX=4"
-      os: linux
-      dist: xenial
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=unix
-        - CFGOPT=CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=4
-    - name: "Linux/GCC/Shared: NO_DEPRECATED"
-      os: linux
-      dist: xenial
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=unix
-        - CFGOPT="CFLAGS=-DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED=1"
-    - name: "Linux/GCC/Static"
-      os: linux
-      dist: xenial
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - CFGOPT="--disable-shared"
-        - BUILD_DIR=unix
-    - name: "Linux/GCC/Debug"
-      os: linux
-      dist: xenial
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=unix
-        - CFGOPT="--enable-symbols"
-# Older versions of GCC...
-    - name: "Linux/GCC 7/Shared"
-      os: linux
-      dist: xenial
-      compiler: gcc-7
-      addons:
-        apt:
-          sources:
-            - ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
-          packages:
-            - g++-7
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=unix
-    - name: "Linux/GCC 6/Shared"
-      os: linux
-      dist: xenial
-      compiler: gcc-6
-      addons:
-        apt:
-          sources:
-            - ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
-          packages:
-            - g++-6
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=unix
-    - name: "Linux/GCC 5/Shared"
-      os: linux
-      dist: xenial
-      compiler: gcc-5
-      addons:
-        apt:
-          sources:
-            - ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
-          packages:
-            - g++-5
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=unix
-    - name: "Linux/GCC 4.9/Shared"
-      os: linux
-      dist: xenial
-      compiler: gcc-4.9
-      addons:
-        apt:
-          sources:
-            - ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
-          packages:
-            - g++-4.9
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=unix
-# Clang
-    - name: "Linux/Clang/Shared"
-      os: linux
-      dist: xenial
-      compiler: clang
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=unix
-    - name: "Linux/Clang/Shared:NO_DEPRECATED"
-      os: linux
-      dist: xenial
-      compiler: clang
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=unix
-        - CFGOPT="CFLAGS=-DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED=1"
-    - name: "Linux/Clang/Static"
-      os: linux
-      dist: xenial
-      compiler: clang
-      env:
-        - CFGOPT="--disable-shared"
-        - BUILD_DIR=unix
-    - name: "Linux/Clang/Debug"
-      os: linux
-      dist: xenial
-      compiler: clang
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=unix
-        - CFGOPT="--enable-symbols"
-# Testing on Mac, various styles
-    - name: "macOS/Xcode 11.3/Shared/Unix-like"
-      os: osx
-      osx_image: xcode11.3
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=unix
-    - name: "macOS/Xcode 11.3/Shared"
-      os: osx
-      osx_image: xcode11.3
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=macosx
-      install: []
-      script: &mactest
-        - make all
-        # The styles=develop avoids some weird problems on OSX
-        - make test styles=develop
-      addons:
-        homebrew:
-          packages:
-            - libtommath
-    - name: "macOS/Xcode 10/Shared"
-      os: osx
-      osx_image: xcode10.3
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=macosx
-      install: []
-      script: *mactest
-      addons:
-        homebrew:
-          packages:
-            - libtommath
-    - name: "macOS/Xcode 9/Shared"
-      os: osx
-      osx_image: xcode9
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=macosx
-      install: []
-      script: *mactest
-      addons:
-        homebrew:
-          packages:
-            - libtommath
-    - name: "macOS/Xcode 8/Shared"
-      os: osx
-      osx_image: xcode8
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=macosx
-      install: []
-      script: *mactest
-      addons:
-        homebrew:
-          packages:
-            - libtommath
-# Test with mingw-w64 cross-compile
-# Doesn't run tests because wine is only an imperfect Windows emulation
-    - name: "Linux-cross-Windows/GCC/Shared/no test"
-      os: linux
-      dist: xenial
-      compiler: x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc
-      addons:
-        apt:
-          packages:
-            - gcc-mingw-w64-base
-            - binutils-mingw-w64-x86-64
-            - gcc-mingw-w64-x86-64
-            - gcc-mingw-w64
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=win
-        - CFGOPT="--host=x86_64-w64-mingw32 --enable-64bit"
-      script: &crosstest
-        - make all tcltest
-        # Include a high visibility marker that tests are skipped outright
-        - >
-          echo "`tput setaf 3`SKIPPED TEST: CROSS COMPILING`tput sgr0`"
-# Test with mingw-w64 (32 bit) cross-compile
-# Doesn't run tests because wine is only an imperfect Windows emulation
-    - name: "Linux-cross-Windows-32/GCC/Shared/no test"
-      os: linux
-      dist: xenial
-      compiler: i686-w64-mingw32-gcc
-      addons:
-        apt:
-          packages:
-            - gcc-mingw-w64-base
-            - binutils-mingw-w64-i686
-            - gcc-mingw-w64-i686
-            - gcc-mingw-w64
-            - gcc-multilib
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=win
-        - CFGOPT=--host=i686-w64-mingw32
-      script: *crosstest
-# Test on Windows with MSVC native
-    - name: "Windows/MSVC/Shared"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: cl
-      env: &vcenv
-        - BUILD_DIR=win
-        - VCDIR="/C/Program Files (x86)/Microsoft Visual Studio/2017/BuildTools/VC/Auxiliary/Build"
-      before_install: &vcpreinst
-        - PATH="$PATH:$VCDIR"
-        - cd ${BUILD_DIR}
-      install: []
-      script:
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x64 && nmake -f makefile.vc all tcltest'
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x64 && nmake -f makefile.vc test'
-    - name: "Windows/MSVC/Shared: UTF_MAX=4"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: cl
-      env: *vcenv
-      before_install: *vcpreinst
-      install: []
-      script:
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x64 && nmake OPTS=utfmax -f makefile.vc all tcltest'
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x64 && nmake OPTS=utfmax -f makefile.vc test'
-    - name: "Windows/MSVC/Shared: NO_DEPRECATED"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: cl
-      env: *vcenv
-      before_install: *vcpreinst
-      install: []
-      script:
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x64 && nmake OPTS=nodep -f makefile.vc all tcltest'
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x64 && nmake OPTS=nodep -f makefile.vc test'
-    - name: "Windows/MSVC/Static"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: cl
-      env: *vcenv
-      before_install: *vcpreinst
-      install: []
-      script:
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x64 && nmake OPTS=static,msvcrt -f makefile.vc all tcltest'
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x64 && nmake OPTS=static,msvcrt -f makefile.vc test'
-    - name: "Windows/MSVC/Debug"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: cl
-      env: *vcenv
-      before_install: *vcpreinst
-      install: []
-      script:
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x64 && nmake OPTS=symbols -f makefile.vc all tcltest'
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x64 && nmake OPTS=symbols -f makefile.vc test'
-# Test on Windows with MSVC native (32-bit)
-    - name: "Windows/MSVC-x86/Shared"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: cl
-      env: *vcenv
-      before_install: *vcpreinst
-      install: []
-      script:
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x86 && nmake -f makefile.vc all tcltest'
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x86 && nmake -f makefile.vc test'
-    - name: "Windows/MSVC-x86/Shared: UTF_MAX=4"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: cl
-      env: *vcenv
-      before_install: *vcpreinst
-      install: []
-      script:
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x86 && nmake OPTS=utfmax -f makefile.vc all tcltest'
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x86 && nmake OPTS=utfmax -f makefile.vc test'
-    - name: "Windows/MSVC-x86/Shared: NO_DEPRECATED"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: cl
-      env: *vcenv
-      before_install: *vcpreinst
-      install: []
-      script:
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x86 && nmake OPTS=nodep -f makefile.vc all tcltest'
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x86 && nmake OPTS=nodep -f makefile.vc test'
-    - name: "Windows/MSVC-x86/Static"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: cl
-      env: *vcenv
-      before_install: *vcpreinst
-      install: []
-      script:
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x86 && nmake OPTS=static,msvcrt -f makefile.vc all tcltest'
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x86 && nmake OPTS=static,msvcrt -f makefile.vc test'
-    - name: "Windows/MSVC-x86/Debug"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: cl
-      env: *vcenv
-      before_install: *vcpreinst
-      install: []
-      script:
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x86 && nmake OPTS=symbols -f makefile.vc all tcltest'
-        - cmd.exe /C 'vcvarsall.bat x86 && nmake OPTS=symbols -f makefile.vc test'
-# Test on Windows with GCC native
-    - name: "Windows/GCC/Shared"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=win
-        - CFGOPT="--enable-64bit"
-      before_install: &makepreinst
-        - choco install -y make zip
-        - cd ${BUILD_DIR}
-    - name: "Windows/GCC/Shared: UTF_MAX=4"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=win
-        - CFGOPT="--enable-64bit CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=4"
-      before_install: *makepreinst
-    - name: "Windows/GCC/Shared: NO_DEPRECATED"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=win
-        - CFGOPT="--enable-64bit CFLAGS=-DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED=1"
-      before_install: *makepreinst
-    - name: "Windows/GCC/Static"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=win
-        - CFGOPT="--enable-64bit --disable-shared"
-      before_install: *makepreinst
-    - name: "Windows/GCC/Debug"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=win
-        - CFGOPT="--enable-64bit --enable-symbols"
-      before_install: *makepreinst
-# Test on Windows with GCC native (32-bit)
-    - name: "Windows/GCC-x86/Shared"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=win
-      before_install: *makepreinst
-    - name: "Windows/GCC-x86/Shared: UTF_MAX=4"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=win
-        - CFGOPT="CFLAGS=-DTCL_UTF_MAX=4"
-      before_install: *makepreinst
-    - name: "Windows/GCC-x86/Shared: NO_DEPRECATED"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=win
-        - CFGOPT="CFLAGS=-DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED=1"
-      before_install: *makepreinst
-    - name: "Windows/GCC-x86/Static"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=win
-        - CFGOPT="--disable-shared"
-      before_install: *makepreinst
-    - name: "Windows/GCC-x86/Debug"
-      os: windows
-      compiler: gcc
-      env:
-        - BUILD_DIR=win
-        - CFGOPT="--enable-symbols"
-      before_install: *makepreinst
-before_install:
-  - cd ${BUILD_DIR}
-install:
-  - ./configure ${CFGOPT} --prefix=$HOME || (cat config.log && exit 1)
-before_script:
-  - export ERROR_ON_FAILURES=1
-script:
-  - make all tcltest
-  - make test
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 A NOTE ON THE CHANGELOG:
 Starting in early 2011, Tcl source code has been under the management of
-fossil, hosted at https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ .  Fossil presents a "Timeline"
+fossil, hosted at http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ .  Fossil presents a "Timeline"
 view of changes made that is superior in every way to a hand edited log file.
 Because of this, many Tcl developers are now out of the habit of maintaining
 this log file.  You may still find useful things in it, but the Timeline is
@@ -1426,7 +1426,7 @@
 	initialization assumptions of the TIP 280 code in CompileWord().

 	* generic/tclCompExpr.c:	Suppress the attempt to convert to
-	numeric when pre-compiling a constant expression indicates an error.
+	numeric when pre-compiling a constant expresion indicates an error.

 2007-08-22  Miguel Sofer  <msofer@users.sf.net>

@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+README:  Tcl
+    This is the Tcl 9.0a0 source distribution.
+	http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/
+    You can get any source release of Tcl from the URL above.
+
+Contents
+--------
+    1. Introduction
+    2. Documentation
+    3. Compiling and installing Tcl
+    4. Development tools
+    5. Tcl newsgroup
+    6. The Tcler's Wiki
+    7. Mailing lists
+    8. Support and Training
+    9. Tracking Development
+    10. Thank You
+
+1. Introduction
+---------------
+Tcl provides a powerful platform for creating integration applications that
+tie together diverse applications, protocols, devices, and frameworks.
+When paired with the Tk toolkit, Tcl provides the fastest and most powerful
+way to create GUI applications that run on PCs, Unix, and Mac OS X.
+Tcl can also be used for a variety of web-related tasks and for creating
+powerful command languages for applications.
+
+Tcl is maintained, enhanced, and distributed freely by the Tcl community.
+Source code development and tracking of bug reports and feature requests
+takes place at:
+
+	http://core.tcl.tk/
+
+Tcl/Tk release and mailing list services are hosted by SourceForge:
+
+	http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/
+
+with the Tcl Developer Xchange hosted at:
+
+	http://www.tcl.tk/
+
+Tcl is a freely available open source package.  You can do virtually
+anything you like with it, such as modifying it, redistributing it,
+and selling it either in whole or in part.  See the file
+"license.terms" for complete information.
+
+2. Documentation
+----------------
+
+Extensive documentation is available at our website.
+The home page for this release, including new features, is
+	http://www.tcl.tk/software/tcltk/9.0.html
+
+Detailed release notes can be found at the file distributions page
+by clicking on the relevant version.
+	http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/
+
+Information about Tcl itself can be found at
+	http://www.tcl.tk/about/
+
+There have been many Tcl books on the market.  Many are mentioned in the Wiki:
+	http://wiki.tcl.tk/_/ref?N=25206
+
+To view the complete set of reference manual entries for Tcl 9.0 online,
+visit the URL:
+	http://www.tcl.tk/man/tcl9.0/
+
+2a. Unix Documentation
+----------------------
+
+The "doc" subdirectory in this release contains a complete set of
+reference manual entries for Tcl.  Files with extension ".1" are for
+programs (for example, tclsh.1); files with extension ".3" are for C
+library procedures; and files with extension ".n" describe Tcl
+commands.  The file "doc/Tcl.n" gives a quick summary of the Tcl
+language syntax.  To print any of the man pages on Unix, cd to the
+"doc" directory and invoke your favorite variant of troff using the
+normal -man macros, for example
+
+		ditroff -man Tcl.n
+
+to print Tcl.n.  If Tcl has been installed correctly and your "man" program
+supports it, you should be able to access the Tcl manual entries using the
+normal "man" mechanisms, such as
+
+		man Tcl
+
+2b. Windows Documentation
+-------------------------
+
+The "doc" subdirectory in this release contains a complete set of Windows
+help files for Tcl.  Once you install this Tcl release, a shortcut to the
+Windows help Tcl documentation will appear in the "Start" menu:
+
+	Start | Programs | Tcl | Tcl Help
+
+3. Compiling and installing Tcl
+-------------------------------
+
+There are brief notes in the unix/README, win/README, and macosx/README about
+compiling on these different platforms.  There is additional information
+about building Tcl from sources at
+
+	http://www.tcl.tk/doc/howto/compile.html
+
+4. Development tools
+---------------------------
+
+ActiveState produces a high quality set of commercial quality development
+tools that is available to accelerate your Tcl application development.
+Tcl Dev Kit builds on the earlier TclPro toolset and provides a debugger,
+static code checker, single-file wrapping utility, bytecode compiler and
+more.  More information can be found at
+
+	http://www.ActiveState.com/Tcl
+
+5. Tcl newsgroup
+----------------
+
+There is a USENET news group, "comp.lang.tcl", intended for the exchange of
+information about Tcl, Tk, and related applications.  The newsgroup is a
+great place to ask general information questions.  For bug reports, please
+see the "Support and bug fixes" section below.
+
+6. Tcl'ers Wiki
+---------------
+
+A Wiki-based open community site covering all aspects of Tcl/Tk is at:
+
+	http://wiki.tcl.tk/
+
+It is dedicated to the Tcl programming language and its extensions.  A
+wealth of useful information can be found there.  It contains code
+snippets, references to papers, books, and FAQs, as well as pointers to
+development tools, extensions, and applications.  You can also recommend
+additional URLs by editing the wiki yourself.
+
+7. Mailing lists
+----------------
+
+Several mailing lists are hosted at SourceForge to discuss development or
+use issues (like Macintosh and Windows topics).  For more information and
+to subscribe, visit:
+
+	http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/
+
+and go to the Mailing Lists page.
+
+8. Support and Training
+------------------------
+
+We are very interested in receiving bug reports, patches, and suggestions
+for improvements.  We prefer that you send this information to us as
+tickets entered into our tracker at:
+
+	http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/reportlist
+
+We will log and follow-up on each bug, although we cannot promise a
+specific turn-around time.  Enhancements may take longer and may not happen
+at all unless there is widespread support for them (we're trying to
+slow the rate at which Tcl/Tk turns into a kitchen sink).  It's very
+difficult to make incompatible changes to Tcl/Tk at this point, due to
+the size of the installed base.
+
+The Tcl community is too large for us to provide much individual support
+for users.  If you need help we suggest that you post questions to
+comp.lang.tcl.  We read the newsgroup and will attempt to answer esoteric
+questions for which no one else is likely to know the answer.  In addition,
+see the following Web site for links to other organizations that offer
+Tcl/Tk training:
+
+	http://wiki.tcl.tk/training
+
+9. Tracking Development
+-----------------------
+
+Tcl is developed in public.  To keep an eye on how Tcl is changing, see
+	http://core.tcl.tk/
+
+10. Thank You
+-------------
+
+We'd like to express our thanks to the Tcl community for all the
+helpful suggestions, bug reports, and patches we have received.
+Tcl/Tk has improved vastly and will continue to do so with your help.
@@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
-# README:  Tcl
-
-This is the **Tcl 8.7a4** source distribution.
-
-You can get any source release of Tcl from [our distribution
-site](https://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/).
-
-[![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/tcltk/tcl.svg?branch=core-8-branch)](https://travis-ci.org/tcltk/tcl)
-
-## Contents
- 1. [Introduction](#intro)
- 2. [Documentation](#doc)
- 3. [Compiling and installing Tcl](#build)
- 4. [Development tools](#devtools)
- 5. [Tcl newsgroup](#complangtcl)
- 6. [The Tcler's Wiki](#wiki)
- 7. [Mailing lists](#email)
- 8. [Support and Training](#support)
- 9. [Tracking Development](#watch)
- 10. [Thank You](#thanks)
-
-## <a id="intro">1.</a> Introduction
-Tcl provides a powerful platform for creating integration applications that
-tie together diverse applications, protocols, devices, and frameworks.
-When paired with the Tk toolkit, Tcl provides the fastest and most powerful
-way to create GUI applications that run on PCs, Unix, and Mac OS X.
-Tcl can also be used for a variety of web-related tasks and for creating
-powerful command languages for applications.
-
-Tcl is maintained, enhanced, and distributed freely by the Tcl community.
-Source code development and tracking of bug reports and feature requests
-takes place at [core.tcl-lang.org](https://core.tcl-lang.org/).
-Tcl/Tk release and mailing list services are [hosted by
-SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/)
-with the Tcl Developer Xchange hosted at
-[www.tcl-lang.org](https://www.tcl-lang.org).
-
-Tcl is a freely available open source package.  You can do virtually
-anything you like with it, such as modifying it, redistributing it,
-and selling it either in whole or in part.  See the file
-`license.terms` for complete information.
-
-## <a id="doc">2.</a> Documentation
-Extensive documentation is available at our website.
-The home page for this release, including new features, is
-[here](https://www.tcl.tk/software/tcltk/8.7.html).
-Detailed release notes can be found at the
-[file distributions page](https://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/)
-by clicking on the relevant version.
-
-Information about Tcl itself can be found at the [Developer
-Xchange](https://www.tcl-lang.org/about/).
-There have been many Tcl books on the market.  Many are mentioned in
-[the Wiki](https://wiki.tcl-lang.org/_/ref?N=25206).
-
-The complete set of reference manual entries for Tcl 8.7 is [online,
-here](https://www.tcl-lang.org/man/tcl8.7/).
-
-### <a id="doc.unix">2a.</a> Unix Documentation
-The `doc` subdirectory in this release contains a complete set of
-reference manual entries for Tcl.  Files with extension "`.1`" are for
-programs (for example, `tclsh.1`); files with extension "`.3`" are for C
-library procedures; and files with extension "`.n`" describe Tcl
-commands.  The file "`doc/Tcl.n`" gives a quick summary of the Tcl
-language syntax.  To print any of the man pages on Unix, cd to the
-"doc" directory and invoke your favorite variant of troff using the
-normal -man macros, for example
-
-		groff -man -Tpdf Tcl.n >output.pdf
-
-to print Tcl.n to PDF.  If Tcl has been installed correctly and your "man" program
-supports it, you should be able to access the Tcl manual entries using the
-normal "man" mechanisms, such as
-
-		man Tcl
-
-### <a id="doc.win">2b.</a> Windows Documentation
-The "doc" subdirectory in this release contains a complete set of Windows
-help files for Tcl.  Once you install this Tcl release, a shortcut to the
-Windows help Tcl documentation will appear in the "Start" menu:
-
-		Start | Programs | Tcl | Tcl Help
-
-## <a id="build">3.</a> Compiling and installing Tcl
-There are brief notes in the `unix/README`, `win/README`, and `macosx/README`
-about compiling on these different platforms.  There is additional information
-about building Tcl from sources
-[online](https://www.tcl-lang.org/doc/howto/compile.html).
-
-## <a id="devtools">4.</a> Development tools
-ActiveState produces a high quality set of commercial quality development
-tools that is available to accelerate your Tcl application development.
-Tcl Dev Kit builds on the earlier TclPro toolset and provides a debugger,
-static code checker, single-file wrapping utility, bytecode compiler and
-more.  More information can be found at
-
-	http://www.ActiveState.com/Tcl
-
-## <a id="complangtcl">5.</a> Tcl newsgroup
-There is a USENET news group, "`comp.lang.tcl`", intended for the exchange of
-information about Tcl, Tk, and related applications.  The newsgroup is a
-great place to ask general information questions.  For bug reports, please
-see the "Support and bug fixes" section below.
-
-## <a id="wiki">6.</a> Tcl'ers Wiki
-There is a [wiki-based open community site](https://wiki.tcl-lang.org/)
-covering all aspects of Tcl/Tk.
-
-It is dedicated to the Tcl programming language and its extensions.  A
-wealth of useful information can be found there.  It contains code
-snippets, references to papers, books, and FAQs, as well as pointers to
-development tools, extensions, and applications.  You can also recommend
-additional URLs by editing the wiki yourself.
-
-## <a id="email">7.</a> Mailing lists
-Several mailing lists are hosted at SourceForge to discuss development or use
-issues (like Macintosh and Windows topics).  For more information and to
-subscribe, visit [here](https://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/) and go to the
-Mailing Lists page.
-
-## <a id="support">8.</a> Support and Training
-We are very interested in receiving bug reports, patches, and suggestions for
-improvements.  We prefer that you send this information to us as tickets
-entered into [our issue tracker](https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/reportlist).
-
-We will log and follow-up on each bug, although we cannot promise a
-specific turn-around time.  Enhancements may take longer and may not happen
-at all unless there is widespread support for them (we're trying to
-slow the rate at which Tcl/Tk turns into a kitchen sink).  It's very
-difficult to make incompatible changes to Tcl/Tk at this point, due to
-the size of the installed base.
-
-The Tcl community is too large for us to provide much individual support for
-users.  If you need help we suggest that you post questions to `comp.lang.tcl`
-or ask a question on [Stack
-Overflow](https://stackoverflow.com/questions/tagged/tcl).  We read the
-newsgroup and will attempt to answer esoteric questions for which no one else
-is likely to know the answer.  In addition, see the wiki for [links to other
-organizations](https://wiki.tcl-lang.org/training) that offer Tcl/Tk training.
-
-## <a id="watch">9.</a> Tracking Development
-Tcl is developed in public.  You can keep an eye on how Tcl is changing at
-[core.tcl-lang.org](https://core.tcl-lang.org/).
-
-## <a id="thanks">10.</a> Thank You
-We'd like to express our thanks to the Tcl community for all the
-helpful suggestions, bug reports, and patches we have received.
-Tcl/Tk has improved vastly and will continue to do so with your help.
@@ -8303,7 +8303,7 @@ reported usage of large expressions (porter)

 Many optmizations, improvements, and tightened stack management in bytecode.

--- Released 8.6.1, September 20, 2013 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details
+--- Released 8.6.1, September 20, 2013 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details

 2013-09-27 (enhancement) improved ::env synchronization (fellows)

@@ -8451,7 +8451,7 @@ include ::oo::class (fellows)

 2014-08-25 (TIP 429) New command [string cat] (leitgeb,ferrieux)

--- Released 8.6.2, August 27, 2014 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details
+--- Released 8.6.2, August 27, 2014 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details

 2014-08-28 (bug)[b9e1a3] Correct Method Search Order (nadkarni,fellows)
 => TclOO 1.0.3
@@ -8491,7 +8491,7 @@ include ::oo::class (fellows)

 2014-11-06 (bug)[5adc35] Stop forcing EOF to be permanent (porter)

--- Released 8.6.3, November 12, 2014 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details
+--- Released 8.6.3, November 12, 2014 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details

 2014-11-21 (bug)[743338] Win: socket error encoding (ladayaroslav,nijtmans)

@@ -8527,7 +8527,7 @@ include ::oo::class (fellows)
 2015-03-10 (enhancement) Revise OS X notifier for better Cocoa (walzer)
        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***

--- Released 8.6.4, March 12, 2015 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details
+--- Released 8.6.4, March 12, 2015 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details

 2015-03-19 (bug)[e66e44] Win: Ctrl-C/Ctrl-Break in console not EOF (nadkarni)

@@ -8623,7 +8623,7 @@ improvements to regexp engine from Postgres (lane,porter,fellows,seltenreich)

 2016-02-22 (bug)[9b4702] [info exists env(missing)] kills trace (nijtmans)

--- Released 8.6.5, February 29, 2016 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details
+--- Released 8.6.5, February 29, 2016 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details

 2016-03-01 (bug)[803042] mem leak due to reference cycle (porter)

@@ -8697,7 +8697,7 @@ improvements to regexp engine from Postgres (lane,porter,fellows,seltenreich)

 2016-07-20 tzdata updated to Olson's tzdata2016f (venkat)

--- Released 8.6.6, July 27, 2016 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details
+--- Released 8.6.6, July 27, 2016 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details

 2016-09-07 (bug)[c09edf] Bad caching with  custom resolver (neumann,nijtmans)

@@ -8794,56 +8794,7 @@ improvements to regexp engine from Postgres (lane,porter,fellows,seltenreich)

 2017-07-17 (bug)[fb2208] Repeatable tclIndex generation (wiedemann,nijtmans)

--- Released 8.6.7, August 9, 2017 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details
-
-Changes to 8.7a1 include all changes to the 8.6 line through 8.6.7,
-plus the following, which focuses on the high-level feature changes
-in this changeset (new minor version) rather than bug fixes:
-
-2016-03-17 (bug)[0b8c38] socket accept callbacks always in global ns (porter)
-        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***
-
-2016-07-01 Hack accommodations for legacy Itcl 3 disabled (porter)
-
-2016-07-12 Make TCL_HASH_TYPE build-time configurable (nijtmans)
-
-2016-07-19 (bug)[0363f0] Partial array search ID reform (porter)
-
-2016-07-19 (feature removed) Tcl_ObjType "array search" unregistered (porter)
-	*** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY for Tcl_GetObjType("array search") ***
-
-2016-10-04 Server socket on port 0 chooses port supporting IPv4 * IPv6 (max)
-
-2016-11-25 [array names -regexp] supports backrefs (goth)
-
-2017-01-04 (TIP 456) New routine Tcl_OpenTcpServerEx() (limeboy)
-
-2017-01-04 (TIP 459) New subcommand [package files] (nijtmans)
-
-2017-01-16 threaded allocator initialization repair (vasiljevic,nijtmans)
-
-2017-01-30 Add to Win shell builtins: assoc ftype move (ashok)
-
-2017-03-31 TCL_MEM_DEBUG facilities better support 64-bit memory (nijtmans)
-
-2017-04-13 \u escaped content in msg files converted to true utf-8 (nijtmans)
-
-2017-05-18 (TIP 458) New epoll or kqueue notifiers are default (alborboz)
-
-2017-05-31 Purge build support for SunOS-4.* (stu)
-
-2017-06-22 (TIP 463) New option [regsub ... -command ...] (fellows)
-
-2017-06-22 (TIP 470) Tcl_GetDefineContextObject();[oo::define [self]] (fellows)
-=> TclOO 1.2.0
-
-2017-06-23 (TIP 472) Support 0d as prefix of decimal numbers (iyer,griffin)
-
-2017-08-31 (bug)[2a9465] http state 100 continue handling broken (oehlmann)
-
-2017-09-02 (bug)[0e4d88] replace command, delete trace kills namespace (porter)
-
--- Released 8.7a1, September 8, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details
+--- Released 8.6.7, August 9, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details

 2017-08-10 [array names -regexp] supports backrefs (goth)

@@ -8878,245 +8829,58 @@ in this changeset (new minor version) rather than bug fixes:

 2017-12-19 (bug)[586e71] EvalObjv exception handling at level #0 (sebres,porter)

--- Released 8.6.8, December 22, 2017 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details
+--- Released 8.6.8, December 22, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details

-2018-02-11 (enhance) stop blocking conversion of object to/from class (coulter)
-
-2018-02-12 (enhance) NR-enable [package require] (coulter)
-
-2018-02-14 (bug)[9fd5c6] crash in object deletion, test oo-11.5 (coulter)
-
-2018-02-14 (bug)[3c32a3] crash deleting object with class mixed in (coulter)
-
-2018-02-15 (platform) stop using -lieee, removed from glibc-2.27 (porter)
-***POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY for math programs that embed Tcl***
-
-2018-02-23 (bug)[8e6a9a] bad binary [string match], test string-11.55 (porter)
-
-2018-03-05 (bug)[1873ea] repair multi-thread std channel init (sebres)
-
-2018-03-09 (bug)[db36fa] broken bytecode for index values (porter)
-
-2018-03-13 (bug) broken compiled [string replace], test string-14.19 (porter)
-
-2018-03-14 (bug) [string trim*] engine crashed on invalid UTF (sebres)
-
-2018-04-17 (bug) missing trace in compiled [array set], test var-20.11 (porter)
-
-2018-04-22 (bug)[46a241] crash in unset array with search, var-13.[23] (goth)
-
-2018-04-30 (bug)[27b682] race made [file delete] raise "no such file" (sebres)
-
-2018-06-04 (bug)[925643] 32/64 cleanup of filesystem DIR operations (sebres)
-
-2018-06-18 (bug) leaks in TclSetEnv and env cache (coulter)
-
-2018-06-24 (bug)[3592747] [yieldto] dying namespace, tailcall-14.1 (coulter)
-
-2018-07-09 (bug)[270f78] race in [file mkdir] (sebres)
-
-2018-07-12 (bug)[3f7af0] [file delete] raised "permission denied" (sebres)
-
-2018-07-26 (bug)[d051b7] overflow crash in [format] (sebres)
-
-2018-08-29 revised quoting of [exec] args in generated command line (sebres)
-***POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY***
-
-2018-09-20 HTTP Keep-Alive with pipelined requests (nash)
-=> http 2.9.0
-
-2018-09-27 (new)[TIP 505] [lreplace] accepts all out of range indices (porter)
-
-2018-10-04 (bug) Prevent crash from NULL keyName (nijtmans)
-=> registry 1.3.3
-
-2018-10-26 (enhance) advance dde version (nijtmans)
-=> dde 1.4.1
-
-2018-10-27 tzdata updated to Olson's tzdata2018g (jima)
-
-2018-10-29 Update tcltest package for Travis support (fellows)
-=> tcltest 2.5.0
-
-2018-11-09 (bug)[35a8f1] overlong string length of some lists (owens)
-
-2018-11-16 (bug)[00d04c] Repair [binary encode base64] (sebres)
-
- Released 8.6.9, November 16, 2018 - details at http://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ -
-
-2018-11-22 (bug)[7a9dc5] [file normalize ~/~foo] segfault (sebres)
-
-2018-12-30 (bug)[3cf3a9] variable 'timezone' deprecated in vc2017 (nijtmans)
-
-2019-01-09 (bug)[cc1e91] [list [list {*}[set a " "]]] regression (sebres)
-
-2019-02-01 (bug)[e3f481] tests var-1.2[01] (sebres)
-
-2019-03-01 (new) Update to Unicode 12.0 (nijtmans)
-
-2019-03-05 (new)[TIP 527] New command [timerate] (sebres)
-
-2019-03-08 (bug)[39fed4] [package require] memory validity (hume,porter)
-
-2019-04-23 (new) New command tcl::unsupported::corotype (fellows)
-
-2019-05-04 (bug) memlink when namespace deletion kills linked var (porter)
-
-2019-05-28 (new) README file converted to README.md in Markdown (nijtmans)
-
-2019-06-17 (bug)[8b9854] [info level 0] regression with ensembles (porter)
-
-2019-06-20 (bug)[6bdadf] crash multi-arg write-traced [lappend] (fellows,porter)
-
-2019-06-21 (bug)[f8a33c] crash Tcl_Exit before init (brooks,sebres)
-
-2019-08-27 (bug)[fa6bf3] Bytecode fails epoch recovery at numLevel=0 (sebres)
-
-2019-08-29 (bug)[fec0c1] C stack overflow compiling bytecode (ade,sebres)
-
-2019-09-12 tzdata updated to Olson's tzdata2019c (jima)
-
-2019-09-20 (new) registry/dde no longer need -DUNICODE (nijtmans)
-=> registry 1.3.4
-=> dde 1.4.2
-
-2019-10-02 (bug)[16768d] Fix [info hostname] on NetBSD (rytaro)
-
-2019-10-23 (new) libtommath updated to release 1.2.0 (nijtmans)
-
-2019-10-25 OSX: system Tcl deprecated. End default use of its packages. (walzer)
-
-2019-10-28 (bug)[bcd100] bad fs cache when system encoding changes (coulter)
-
-2019-11-15 (bug)[135804] segfault in [next] after destroy (coulter,sebres)
-
- Released 8.6.10, Nov 21, 2019 - details at http://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ -
-
-Changes to 8.7a3 include all changes to the 8.6 line through 8.6.10,
+Changes to 8.7a1 include all changes to the 8.6 line through 8.6.7,
 plus the following, which focuses on the high-level feature changes
 in this changeset (new minor version) rather than bug fixes:

-2017-11-01 (bug)[3c32a3] crash deleting class mixed into instance (coulter)
+2016-03-17 (bug)[0b8c38] socket accept callbacks always in global ns (porter)
+        *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***

-2017-11-03 [TIP 345] eliminate the encoding 'identity' (porter)
+2016-07-01 Hack accommodations for legacy Itcl 3 disabled (porter)

-2017-11-04 (bug)[0d902e] [string first] on ASCII stored as Unicode (fellows)
+2016-07-12 Make TCL_HASH_TYPE build-time configurable (nijtmans)

-2017-11-17 [TIP 422] Mark all Tcl_*VA() routines deprecated. (nijtmans)
+2016-07-19 (bug)[0363f0] Partial array search ID reform (porter)

-2017-11-20 (support) Ended use of the obsolete values.h header (culler)
+2016-07-19 (feature removed) Tcl_ObjType "array search" unregistered (porter)
+	*** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY for Tcl_GetObjType("array search") ***

-2017-11-30 (bug)[8e1e31] [lsort] ordering of U+0000 (nijtmans)
+2016-10-04 Server socket on port 0 chooses port supporting IPv4 * IPv6 (max)

-2017-12-07 [TIP 487] Terminate support for pre-XP Windows (nijtmans)
+2016-11-25 [array named -regexp] supports backrefs (goth)

-2017-12-08 [TIP 477] Reform of nmake build (nadkarni)
+2017-01-04 (TIP 456) New routine Tcl_OpenTcpServerEx() (limeboy)

-2017-12-20 (bug)[ba1419] Crash: complex ensemble delete, namespace-7.8 (coulter)
+2017-01-04 (TIP 459) New subcommand [package files] (nijtmans)

-2018-01-17 [TIP 485] Removal of many deprecated features (nijtmans)
+2017-01-16 threaded allocator initialization repair (vasiljevic,nijtmans)

-2018-01-27 (bug) Crash in [join $l $l], join-4.1 (porter)
+2017-01-30 Add to Win shell builtins: assoc ftype move (ashok)

-2018-02-06 [TIP 493] Cease Distribution of http 1.0 (porter)
+2017-03-31 TCL_MEM_DEBUG facilities better support 64-bit memory (nijtmans)

-2018-02-06 [TIP 484] internal rep for native ints are all 64-bit (nijtmans)
+2017-04-13 \u escaped content in msg files converted to true utf-8 (nijtmans)

-2018-02-14 [TIP 476] Scan/Printf consistency (nijtmans)
+2017-05-18 (TIP 458) New epoll or kqueue notifiers are default (alborboz)

-2018-03-05 [TIP 351] [lsearch] striding
+2017-05-31 Purge build support for SunOS-4.* (stu)

-2018-03-05 [TIPs 330,336] tighten access to Interp fields (porter)
+2017-06-22 (TIP 463) New option [regsub ... -command ...] (fellows)

-2018-03-12 [TIP 462] [::tcl::process]
+2017-06-22 (TIP 470) Tcl_GetDefineContextObject();[oo::define [self]] (fellows)
+=> TclOO 1.2.0

-2018-03-12 [TIP 490] add oo support for msgcat => msgcat 1.7.0 (oehlmann)
+2017-06-23 (TIP 472) Support 0d as prefix of decimal numbers (iyer,griffin)

-2018-03-12 [TIP 499] custom locale preference list (oehlmann)
+2017-08-31 (bug)[2a9465] http state 100 continue handling broken (oehlmann)
+
+2017-09-02 (bug)[0e4d88] replace command, delete trace kills namespace (porter)
+
+--- Released 8.7a1, September 8, 2017 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/ for details
+
+2018-03-12 (TIP 490) add oo support for msgcat => msgcat 1.7.0 (oehlmann)
+
+2018-03-12 (TIP 499) custom locale preference list (oehlmann)
 => msgcat 1.7.0
-
-2018-03-20 [TIP 503] End CONST84 support for Tcl 8.3 (porter)
-
-2018-03-30 Refactored [lrange] (spjuth)
-
-2018-04-20 [TIP 389] Unicode beyond BMP (nijtmans)
-
-2018-04-20 [TIP 421] [array for]
-
-2018-05-11 [TIP 425] Windows panic callback use of UTF-8
-
-2018-05-17 [TIP 491] Phase out --disable-threads support
-
-2018-06-03 [TIP 500] TclOO Private Methods and Variables
-
-2018-07-26 (bug)[ba921a] [string cat] of bytearrays (coulter,porter)
-
-2018-09-02 [TIP 478] Many new features in TclOO (lester,fellows)
-
-2018-09-04 (bug)[540bed] [binary format w] from bignum (nijtmans)
-
-2018-09-12 [TIP 430] zipfs and embedded script library (woods)
-
-2018-09-26 [TIP 508] [array default] (bonnet,fellows)
-
-2018-09-27 [TIP 515] level value reform (nijtmans)
-
-2018-09-27 [TIP 516] More OO slot operations (fellows)
-
-2018-09-27 [TIP 426] [info cmdtype] (fellows)
-
-2018-09-28 [TIP 509] Cross platform reentrant mutex
-
-2018-10-08 [TIP 514] native integers are 64-bit
-
-2018-10-12 [TIP 502] index value reform (porter)
-
-2018-11-06 [TIP 406] http cookies (fellows)
-
-2018-11-06 [TIP 445] Tcl_ObjType utilities (migrate to Tcl 9) (porter)
-
-2018-11-06 [TIP 501] [string is dict]
-
-2018-11-06 [TIP 519] inline export/unexport option for [oo::define]
-
-2018-11-06 [TIP 523] [lpop]
-
-2018-11-06 [TIP 524] TclOO custom dialects
-
-2018-11-06 [TIP 506] Tcl_(Incr|Decr)RefCount macros -> functions (porter)
-
-2018-11-15 [TIP 512] No stub for Tcl_SetExitProc()
-
-2019-04-08 (bug)[45b9fa] crash in [try] (coulter)
-
-2019-04-14 [TIP 160] terminal and serial channel controls
-
-2019-04-14 [TIP 312] more types for Tcl_LinkVar
-
-2019-04-14 [TIP 367] [lremove]
-
-2019-04-14 [TIP 504] [string insert]
-
-2019-04-16 [TIP 342] [dict getwithdefault]
-
-2019-05-25 [TIP 431] [file tempdir]
-
-2019-05-25 [TIP 383] [coroinject], [coroprobe]
-
-2019-05-31 [TIP 544] Tcl_GetIntForIndex()
-
-2019-06-12 Replace TclOffset() with offsetof()
-
-2019-06-15 [TIP 461] string compare operators for [expr]
-
-2019-06-16 [TIP 521] floating point classification functions for [expr]
-
-2019-06-20 (bug)[6bdadf] crash multi-arg traced [lappend] (fellows)
-
-2019-06-28 [TIP 547] New encodings utf-16, ucs-2
-
-2019-09-14 [TIP 414] Tcl_InitSubsystems()
-
-2019-09-14 [TIP 548] wchar_t conversion functions
-
- Released 8.7a3, Nov 21, 2019 --- http://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details -
@@ -73,7 +73,6 @@ int fake_getnameinfo(const struct sockaddr *sa, size_t salen, char *host,
 	struct sockaddr_in *sin = (struct sockaddr_in *)sa;
 	struct hostent *hp;
 	char tmpserv[16];
-	(void)salen;

 	if (sa->sa_family != AF_UNSPEC && sa->sa_family != AF_INET)
 		return (EAI_FAMILY);
@@ -154,7 +153,7 @@ addrinfo *malloc_ai(int port, u_long addr, const struct addrinfo *hints)
 {
 	struct addrinfo *ai;

-	ai = (struct addrinfo *)malloc(sizeof(*ai) + sizeof(struct sockaddr_in));
+	ai = malloc(sizeof(*ai) + sizeof(struct sockaddr_in));
 	if (ai == NULL)
 		return (NULL);

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/*
+ * fixstrtod.c --
+ *
+ *	Source code for the "fixstrtod" procedure.  This procedure is
+ *	used in place of strtod under Solaris 2.4, in order to fix
+ *	a bug where the "end" pointer gets set incorrectly.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#undef strtod
+
+/*
+ * Declare strtod explicitly rather than including stdlib.h, since in
+ * somes systems (e.g. SunOS 4.1.4) stdlib.h doesn't declare strtod.
+ */
+
+extern double strtod(char *, char **);
+
+double
+fixstrtod(
+    char *string,
+    char **endPtr)
+{
+    double d;
+    d = strtod(string, endPtr);
+    if ((endPtr != NULL) && (*endPtr != string) && ((*endPtr)[-1] == 0)) {
+	*endPtr -= 1;
+    }
+    return d;
+}
@@ -21,11 +21,10 @@ gettimeofday(
    struct timezone *tz)
 {
    struct timeb t;
-    (void)tz;

    ftime(&t);
    tp->tv_sec = t.time;
-    tp->tv_usec = t.millitm * 1000;
+    tp->tv_usec = t. millitm * 1000;
    return 0;
 }

@@ -13,7 +13,6 @@
 #include <fcntl.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <unistd.h>
-#include <string.h>

 /*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -33,19 +32,19 @@

 int
 mkstemp(
-    char *tmpl)		/* Template for filename. */
+    char *template)		/* Template for filename. */
 {
    static const char alphanumerics[] =
 	"abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789";
-    char *a, *b;
+    register char *a, *b;
    int fd, count, alphanumericsLen = strlen(alphanumerics); /* == 62 */

-    a = tmpl + strlen(tmpl);
-    while (a > tmpl && *(a-1) == 'X') {
+    a = template + strlen(template);
+    while (a > template && *(a-1) == 'X') {
 	a--;
    }

-    if (a == tmpl) {
+    if (a == template) {
 	errno = ENOENT;
 	return -1;
    }
@@ -72,7 +71,7 @@ mkstemp(
 	 * Template is now realized; try to open (with correct options).
 	 */

-	fd = open(tmpl, O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL, 0600);
+	fd = open(template, O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL, 0600);
    } while (fd == -1 && errno == EEXIST && --count > 0);

    return fd;
@@ -20,9 +20,9 @@ DIR *
 opendir(
    char *name)
 {
-    DIR *dirp;
-    int fd;
-    const char *myname;
+    register DIR *dirp;
+    register int fd;
+    char *myname;

    myname = ((*name == '\0') ? "." : name);
    if ((fd = open(myname, 0, 0)) == -1) {
@@ -65,9 +65,9 @@ struct olddirect {

 struct dirent *
 readdir(
-    DIR *dirp)
+    register DIR *dirp)
 {
-    struct olddirect *dp;
+    register struct olddirect *dp;
    static struct dirent dir;

    for (;;) {
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ readdir(

 void
 closedir(
-    DIR *dirp)
+    register DIR *dirp)
 {
    close(dirp->dd_fd);
    dirp->dd_fd = -1;
@@ -1,919 +0,0 @@
-/*  A portable stdint.h
- ****************************************************************************
- *  BSD License:
- ****************************************************************************
- *
- *  Copyright (c) 2005-2016 Paul Hsieh
- *  All rights reserved.
- *
- *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- *  are met:
- *
- *  1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- *  2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- *     documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- *  3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
- *     derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
- *
- *  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
- *  IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
- *  OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
- *  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
- *  INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
- *  NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
- *  DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
- *  THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
- *  (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
- *  THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- *
- ****************************************************************************
- *
- *  Version 0.1.16.0
- *
- *  The ANSI C standard committee, for the C99 standard, specified the
- *  inclusion of a new standard include file called stdint.h.  This is
- *  a very useful and long desired include file which contains several
- *  very precise definitions for integer scalar types that is critically
- *  important for making several classes of applications portable
- *  including cryptography, hashing, variable length integer libraries
- *  and so on.  But for most developers its likely useful just for
- *  programming sanity.
- *
- *  The problem is that some compiler vendors chose to ignore the C99
- *  standard and some older compilers have no opportunity to be updated.
- *  Because of this situation, simply including stdint.h in your code
- *  makes it unportable.
- *
- *  So that's what this file is all about.  It's an attempt to build a
- *  single universal include file that works on as many platforms as
- *  possible to deliver what stdint.h is supposed to.  Even compilers
- *  that already come with stdint.h can use this file instead without
- *  any loss of functionality.  A few things that should be noted about
- *  this file:
- *
- *    1) It is not guaranteed to be portable and/or present an identical
- *       interface on all platforms.  The extreme variability of the
- *       ANSI C standard makes this an impossibility right from the
- *       very get go. Its really only meant to be useful for the vast
- *       majority of platforms that possess the capability of
- *       implementing usefully and precisely defined, standard sized
- *       integer scalars.  Systems which are not intrinsically 2s
- *       complement may produce invalid constants.
- *
- *    2) There is an unavoidable use of non-reserved symbols.
- *
- *    3) Other standard include files are invoked.
- *
- *    4) This file may come in conflict with future platforms that do
- *       include stdint.h.  The hope is that one or the other can be
- *       used with no real difference.
- *
- *    5) In the current version, if your platform can't represent
- *       int32_t, int16_t and int8_t, it just dumps out with a compiler
- *       error.
- *
- *    6) 64 bit integers may or may not be defined.  Test for their
- *       presence with the test: #ifdef INT64_MAX or #ifdef UINT64_MAX.
- *       Note that this is different from the C99 specification which
- *       requires the existence of 64 bit support in the compiler.  If
- *       this is not defined for your platform, yet it is capable of
- *       dealing with 64 bits then it is because this file has not yet
- *       been extended to cover all of your system's capabilities.
- *
- *    7) (u)intptr_t may or may not be defined.  Test for its presence
- *       with the test: #ifdef PTRDIFF_MAX.  If this is not defined
- *       for your platform, then it is because this file has not yet
- *       been extended to cover all of your system's capabilities, not
- *       because its optional.
- *
- *    8) The following might not been defined even if your platform is
- *       capable of defining it:
- *
- *       WCHAR_MIN
- *       WCHAR_MAX
- *       (u)int64_t
- *       PTRDIFF_MIN
- *       PTRDIFF_MAX
- *       (u)intptr_t
- *
- *    9) The following have not been defined:
- *
- *       WINT_MIN
- *       WINT_MAX
- *
- *   10) The criteria for defining (u)int_least(*)_t isn't clear,
- *       except for systems which don't have a type that precisely
- *       defined 8, 16, or 32 bit types (which this include file does
- *       not support anyways). Default definitions have been given.
- *
- *   11) The criteria for defining (u)int_fast(*)_t isn't something I
- *       would trust to any particular compiler vendor or the ANSI C
- *       committee.  It is well known that "compatible systems" are
- *       commonly created that have very different performance
- *       characteristics from the systems they are compatible with,
- *       especially those whose vendors make both the compiler and the
- *       system.  Default definitions have been given, but its strongly
- *       recommended that users never use these definitions for any
- *       reason (they do *NOT* deliver any serious guarantee of
- *       improved performance -- not in this file, nor any vendor's
- *       stdint.h).
- *
- *   12) The following macros:
- *
- *       PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER
- *       PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
- *       PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
- *       PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
- *       PRINTF_LEAST64_MODIFIER
- *       PRINTF_LEAST32_MODIFIER
- *       PRINTF_LEAST16_MODIFIER
- *       PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER
- *
- *       are strings which have been defined as the modifiers required
- *       for the "d", "u" and "x" printf formats to correctly output
- *       (u)intmax_t, (u)int64_t, (u)int32_t, (u)int16_t, (u)least64_t,
- *       (u)least32_t, (u)least16_t and (u)intptr_t types respectively.
- *       PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER is not defined for some systems which
- *       provide their own stdint.h.  PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER is not
- *       defined if INT64_MAX is not defined.  These are an extension
- *       beyond what C99 specifies must be in stdint.h.
- *
- *       In addition, the following macros are defined:
- *
- *       PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
- *       PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH
- *       PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH
- *       PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH
- *       PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH
- *       PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
- *       PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH
- *       PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH
- *       PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH
- *       PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH
- *       PRINTF_UINTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
- *       PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH
- *       PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH
- *       PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH
- *       PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH
- *
- *       Which specifies the maximum number of characters required to
- *       print the number of that type in either hexadecimal or decimal.
- *       These are an extension beyond what C99 specifies must be in
- *       stdint.h.
- *
- *  Compilers tested (all with 0 warnings at their highest respective
- *  settings): Borland Turbo C 2.0, WATCOM C/C++ 11.0 (16 bits and 32
- *  bits), Microsoft Visual C++ 6.0 (32 bit), Microsoft Visual Studio
- *  .net (VC7), Intel C++ 4.0, GNU gcc v3.3.3
- *
- *  This file should be considered a work in progress.  Suggestions for
- *  improvements, especially those which increase coverage are strongly
- *  encouraged.
- *
- *  Acknowledgements
- *
- *  The following people have made significant contributions to the
- *  development and testing of this file:
- *
- *  Chris Howie
- *  John Steele Scott
- *  Dave Thorup
- *  John Dill
- *  Florian Wobbe
- *  Christopher Sean Morrison
- *  Mikkel Fahnoe Jorgensen
- *
- */
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <limits.h>
-#include <signal.h>
-
-/*
- *  For gcc with _STDINT_H, fill in the PRINTF_INT*_MODIFIER macros, and
- *  do nothing else.  On the Mac OS X version of gcc this is _STDINT_H_.
- */
-
-#if ((defined(__SUNPRO_C) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x570) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1600) || (defined(__STDC__) && __STDC__ && defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || (defined (__WATCOMC__) && (defined (_STDINT_H_INCLUDED) || __WATCOMC__ >= 1250)) || (defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ > 3 || defined(_STDINT_H) || defined(_STDINT_H_) || defined (__UINT_FAST64_TYPE__)) )) && !defined (_PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED)
-#include <stdint.h>
-#define _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED
-# if defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__x86_64__) || defined(__ppc64__)) && !(defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__))
-#  ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
-#   define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "l"
-#  endif
-#  ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
-#   define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
-#  endif
-# else
-#  ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
-#   define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll"
-#  endif
-#  ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
-#   if (UINT_MAX == UINT32_MAX)
-#    define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
-#   else
-#    define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "l"
-#   endif
-#  endif
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
-#  define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER "h"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER
-#  define PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH "16"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_UINT64_HEX_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_UINT64_HEX_WIDTH "16"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH "8"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_UINT32_HEX_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_UINT32_HEX_WIDTH "8"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH "4"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_UINT16_HEX_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_UINT16_HEX_WIDTH "4"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH "2"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_UINT8_HEX_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_UINT8_HEX_WIDTH "2"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH "19"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH "20"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH "10"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH "10"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH "5"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH "5"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH "3"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH "3"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_UINT64_HEX_WIDTH
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_UINTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_UINTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_UINT64_HEX_WIDTH
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_UINTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_UINTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH
-# endif
-
-/*
- *  Something really weird is going on with Open Watcom.  Just pull some of
- *  these duplicated definitions from Open Watcom's stdint.h file for now.
- */
-
-# if defined (__WATCOMC__) && __WATCOMC__ >= 1250
-#  if !defined (INT64_C)
-#   define INT64_C(x)   (x + (INT64_MAX - INT64_MAX))
-#  endif
-#  if !defined (UINT64_C)
-#   define UINT64_C(x)  (x + (UINT64_MAX - UINT64_MAX))
-#  endif
-#  if !defined (INT32_C)
-#   define INT32_C(x)   (x + (INT32_MAX - INT32_MAX))
-#  endif
-#  if !defined (UINT32_C)
-#   define UINT32_C(x)  (x + (UINT32_MAX - UINT32_MAX))
-#  endif
-#  if !defined (INT16_C)
-#   define INT16_C(x)   (x)
-#  endif
-#  if !defined (UINT16_C)
-#   define UINT16_C(x)  (x)
-#  endif
-#  if !defined (INT8_C)
-#   define INT8_C(x)   (x)
-#  endif
-#  if !defined (UINT8_C)
-#   define UINT8_C(x)  (x)
-#  endif
-#  if !defined (UINT64_MAX)
-#   define UINT64_MAX  18446744073709551615ULL
-#  endif
-#  if !defined (INT64_MAX)
-#   define INT64_MAX  9223372036854775807LL
-#  endif
-#  if !defined (UINT32_MAX)
-#   define UINT32_MAX  4294967295UL
-#  endif
-#  if !defined (INT32_MAX)
-#   define INT32_MAX  2147483647L
-#  endif
-#  if !defined (INTMAX_MAX)
-#   define INTMAX_MAX INT64_MAX
-#  endif
-#  if !defined (INTMAX_MIN)
-#   define INTMAX_MIN INT64_MIN
-#  endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/*
- *  I have no idea what is the truly correct thing to do on older Solaris.
- *  From some online discussions, this seems to be what is being
- *  recommended.  For people who actually are developing on older Solaris,
- *  what I would like to know is, does this define all of the relevant
- *  macros of a complete stdint.h?  Remember, in pstdint.h 64 bit is
- *  considered optional.
- */
-
-#if (defined(__SUNPRO_C) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x420) && !defined(_PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED)
-#include <sys/inttypes.h>
-#define _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED
-#endif
-
-#ifndef _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED
-#define _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED
-
-#ifndef SIZE_MAX
-# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t)-1)
-#endif
-
-/*
- *  Deduce the type assignments from limits.h under the assumption that
- *  integer sizes in bits are powers of 2, and follow the ANSI
- *  definitions.
- */
-
-#ifndef UINT8_MAX
-# define UINT8_MAX 0xff
-#endif
-#if !defined(uint8_t) && !defined(_UINT8_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
-# if (UCHAR_MAX == UINT8_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
-    typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
-#   define UINT8_C(v) ((uint8_t) v)
-# else
-#   error "Platform not supported"
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INT8_MAX
-# define INT8_MAX 0x7f
-#endif
-#ifndef INT8_MIN
-# define INT8_MIN INT8_C(0x80)
-#endif
-#if !defined(int8_t) && !defined(_INT8_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
-# if (SCHAR_MAX == INT8_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
-    typedef signed char int8_t;
-#   define INT8_C(v) ((int8_t) v)
-# else
-#   error "Platform not supported"
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef UINT16_MAX
-# define UINT16_MAX 0xffff
-#endif
-#if !defined(uint16_t) && !defined(_UINT16_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
-#if (UINT_MAX == UINT16_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
-  typedef unsigned int uint16_t;
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
-#  define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER ""
-# endif
-# define UINT16_C(v) ((uint16_t) (v))
-#elif (USHRT_MAX == UINT16_MAX)
-  typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
-# define UINT16_C(v) ((uint16_t) (v))
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
-#  define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER "h"
-# endif
-#else
-#error "Platform not supported"
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INT16_MAX
-# define INT16_MAX 0x7fff
-#endif
-#ifndef INT16_MIN
-# define INT16_MIN INT16_C(0x8000)
-#endif
-#if !defined(int16_t) && !defined(_INT16_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
-#if (INT_MAX == INT16_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
-  typedef signed int int16_t;
-# define INT16_C(v) ((int16_t) (v))
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
-#  define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER ""
-# endif
-#elif (SHRT_MAX == INT16_MAX)
-  typedef signed short int16_t;
-# define INT16_C(v) ((int16_t) (v))
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
-#  define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER "h"
-# endif
-#else
-#error "Platform not supported"
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef UINT32_MAX
-# define UINT32_MAX (0xffffffffUL)
-#endif
-#if !defined(uint32_t) && !defined(_UINT32_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
-#if (ULONG_MAX == UINT32_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
-  typedef unsigned long uint32_t;
-# define UINT32_C(v) v ## UL
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
-#  define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "l"
-# endif
-#elif (UINT_MAX == UINT32_MAX)
-  typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
-#  define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
-# endif
-# define UINT32_C(v) v ## U
-#elif (USHRT_MAX == UINT32_MAX)
-  typedef unsigned short uint32_t;
-# define UINT32_C(v) ((unsigned short) (v))
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
-#  define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
-# endif
-#else
-#error "Platform not supported"
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INT32_MAX
-# define INT32_MAX (0x7fffffffL)
-#endif
-#ifndef INT32_MIN
-# define INT32_MIN INT32_C(0x80000000)
-#endif
-#if !defined(int32_t) && !defined(_INT32_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
-#if (LONG_MAX == INT32_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
-  typedef signed long int32_t;
-# define INT32_C(v) v ## L
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
-#  define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "l"
-# endif
-#elif (INT_MAX == INT32_MAX)
-  typedef signed int int32_t;
-# define INT32_C(v) v
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
-#  define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
-# endif
-#elif (SHRT_MAX == INT32_MAX)
-  typedef signed short int32_t;
-# define INT32_C(v) ((short) (v))
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
-#  define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
-# endif
-#else
-#error "Platform not supported"
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/*
- *  The macro stdint_int64_defined is temporarily used to record
- *  whether or not 64 integer support is available.  It must be
- *  defined for any 64 integer extensions for new platforms that are
- *  added.
- */
-
-#undef stdint_int64_defined
-#if (defined(__STDC__) && defined(__STDC_VERSION__)) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
-# if (__STDC__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
-#  define stdint_int64_defined
-   typedef long long int64_t;
-   typedef unsigned long long uint64_t;
-#  define UINT64_C(v) v ## ULL
-#  define  INT64_C(v) v ## LL
-#  ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
-#   define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll"
-#  endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if !defined (stdint_int64_defined)
-# if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(vxWorks)
-#  define stdint_int64_defined
-   __extension__ typedef long long int64_t;
-   __extension__ typedef unsigned long long uint64_t;
-#  define UINT64_C(v) v ## ULL
-#  define  INT64_C(v) v ## LL
-#  ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
-#   define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll"
-#  endif
-# elif defined(__MWERKS__) || defined (__SUNPRO_C) || defined (__SUNPRO_CC) || defined (__APPLE_CC__) || defined (_LONG_LONG) || defined (_CRAYC) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
-#  define stdint_int64_defined
-   typedef long long int64_t;
-   typedef unsigned long long uint64_t;
-#  define UINT64_C(v) v ## ULL
-#  define  INT64_C(v) v ## LL
-#  ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
-#   define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll"
-#  endif
-# elif (defined(__WATCOMC__) && defined(__WATCOM_INT64__)) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _INTEGRAL_MAX_BITS >= 64) || (defined (__BORLANDC__) && __BORLANDC__ > 0x460) || defined (__alpha) || defined (__DECC)
-#  define stdint_int64_defined
-   typedef __int64 int64_t;
-   typedef unsigned __int64 uint64_t;
-#  define UINT64_C(v) v ## UI64
-#  define  INT64_C(v) v ## I64
-#  ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
-#   define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "I64"
-#  endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if !defined (LONG_LONG_MAX) && defined (INT64_C)
-# define LONG_LONG_MAX INT64_C (9223372036854775807)
-#endif
-#ifndef ULONG_LONG_MAX
-# define ULONG_LONG_MAX UINT64_C (18446744073709551615)
-#endif
-
-#if !defined (INT64_MAX) && defined (INT64_C)
-# define INT64_MAX INT64_C (9223372036854775807)
-#endif
-#if !defined (INT64_MIN) && defined (INT64_C)
-# define INT64_MIN INT64_C (-9223372036854775808)
-#endif
-#if !defined (UINT64_MAX) && defined (INT64_C)
-# define UINT64_MAX UINT64_C (18446744073709551615)
-#endif
-
-/*
- *  Width of hexadecimal for number field.
- */
-
-#ifndef PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH "16"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH "8"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH "4"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH "2"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH "19"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH "10"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH "5"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH "3"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH "20"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH "10"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH "5"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH "3"
-#endif
-
-/*
- *  Ok, lets not worry about 128 bit integers for now.  Moore's law says
- *  we don't need to worry about that until about 2040 at which point
- *  we'll have bigger things to worry about.
- */
-
-#ifdef stdint_int64_defined
-  typedef int64_t intmax_t;
-  typedef uint64_t uintmax_t;
-# define  INTMAX_MAX   INT64_MAX
-# define  INTMAX_MIN   INT64_MIN
-# define UINTMAX_MAX  UINT64_MAX
-# define UINTMAX_C(v) UINT64_C(v)
-# define  INTMAX_C(v)  INT64_C(v)
-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER
-#   define PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH
-# endif
-#else
-  typedef int32_t intmax_t;
-  typedef uint32_t uintmax_t;
-# define  INTMAX_MAX   INT32_MAX
-# define UINTMAX_MAX  UINT32_MAX
-# define UINTMAX_C(v) UINT32_C(v)
-# define  INTMAX_C(v)  INT32_C(v)
-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER
-#   define PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
-#  define PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/*
- *  Because this file currently only supports platforms which have
- *  precise powers of 2 as bit sizes for the default integers, the
- *  least definitions are all trivial.  Its possible that a future
- *  version of this file could have different definitions.
- */
-
-#ifndef stdint_least_defined
-  typedef   int8_t   int_least8_t;
-  typedef  uint8_t  uint_least8_t;
-  typedef  int16_t  int_least16_t;
-  typedef uint16_t uint_least16_t;
-  typedef  int32_t  int_least32_t;
-  typedef uint32_t uint_least32_t;
-# define PRINTF_LEAST32_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
-# define PRINTF_LEAST16_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
-# define  UINT_LEAST8_MAX  UINT8_MAX
-# define   INT_LEAST8_MAX   INT8_MAX
-# define UINT_LEAST16_MAX UINT16_MAX
-# define  INT_LEAST16_MAX  INT16_MAX
-# define UINT_LEAST32_MAX UINT32_MAX
-# define  INT_LEAST32_MAX  INT32_MAX
-# define   INT_LEAST8_MIN   INT8_MIN
-# define  INT_LEAST16_MIN  INT16_MIN
-# define  INT_LEAST32_MIN  INT32_MIN
-# ifdef stdint_int64_defined
-    typedef  int64_t  int_least64_t;
-    typedef uint64_t uint_least64_t;
-#   define PRINTF_LEAST64_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
-#   define UINT_LEAST64_MAX UINT64_MAX
-#   define  INT_LEAST64_MAX  INT64_MAX
-#   define  INT_LEAST64_MIN  INT64_MIN
-# endif
-#endif
-#undef stdint_least_defined
-
-/*
- *  The ANSI C committee has defined *int*_fast*_t types as well.  This,
- *  of course, defies rationality -- you can't know what will be fast
- *  just from the type itself.  Even for a given architecture, compatible
- *  implementations might have different performance characteristics.
- *  Developers are warned to stay away from these types when using this
- *  or any other stdint.h.
- */
-
-typedef   int_least8_t   int_fast8_t;
-typedef  uint_least8_t  uint_fast8_t;
-typedef  int_least16_t  int_fast16_t;
-typedef uint_least16_t uint_fast16_t;
-typedef  int_least32_t  int_fast32_t;
-typedef uint_least32_t uint_fast32_t;
-#define  UINT_FAST8_MAX  UINT_LEAST8_MAX
-#define   INT_FAST8_MAX   INT_LEAST8_MAX
-#define UINT_FAST16_MAX UINT_LEAST16_MAX
-#define  INT_FAST16_MAX  INT_LEAST16_MAX
-#define UINT_FAST32_MAX UINT_LEAST32_MAX
-#define  INT_FAST32_MAX  INT_LEAST32_MAX
-#define   INT_FAST8_MIN   INT_LEAST8_MIN
-#define  INT_FAST16_MIN  INT_LEAST16_MIN
-#define  INT_FAST32_MIN  INT_LEAST32_MIN
-#ifdef stdint_int64_defined
-  typedef  int_least64_t  int_fast64_t;
-  typedef uint_least64_t uint_fast64_t;
-# define UINT_FAST64_MAX UINT_LEAST64_MAX
-# define  INT_FAST64_MAX  INT_LEAST64_MAX
-# define  INT_FAST64_MIN  INT_LEAST64_MIN
-#endif
-
-#undef stdint_int64_defined
-
-/*
- *  Whatever piecemeal, per compiler thing we can do about the wchar_t
- *  type limits.
- */
-
-#if defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(_MSC_VER) || defined (__GNUC__) && !defined(vxWorks)
-# include <wchar.h>
-# ifndef WCHAR_MIN
-#  define WCHAR_MIN 0
-# endif
-# ifndef WCHAR_MAX
-#  define WCHAR_MAX ((wchar_t)-1)
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/*
- *  Whatever piecemeal, per compiler/platform thing we can do about the
- *  (u)intptr_t types and limits.
- */
-
-#if (defined (_MSC_VER) && defined (_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED)) || defined (_UINTPTR_T)
-# define STDINT_H_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED
-#endif
-
-#ifndef STDINT_H_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED
-# if defined (__alpha__) || defined (__ia64__) || defined (__x86_64__) || defined (_WIN64) || defined (__ppc64__)
-#  define stdint_intptr_bits 64
-# elif defined (__WATCOMC__) || defined (__TURBOC__)
-#  if defined(__TINY__) || defined(__SMALL__) || defined(__MEDIUM__)
-#    define stdint_intptr_bits 16
-#  else
-#    define stdint_intptr_bits 32
-#  endif
-# elif defined (__i386__) || defined (_WIN32) || defined (WIN32) || defined (__ppc64__)
-#  define stdint_intptr_bits 32
-# elif defined (__INTEL_COMPILER)
-/* TODO -- what did Intel do about x86-64? */
-# else
-/* #error "This platform might not be supported yet" */
-# endif
-
-# ifdef stdint_intptr_bits
-#  define stdint_intptr_glue3_i(a,b,c)  a##b##c
-#  define stdint_intptr_glue3(a,b,c)    stdint_intptr_glue3_i(a,b,c)
-#  ifndef PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER
-#    define PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER      stdint_intptr_glue3(PRINTF_INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MODIFIER)
-#  endif
-#  ifndef PTRDIFF_MAX
-#    define PTRDIFF_MAX                 stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MAX)
-#  endif
-#  ifndef PTRDIFF_MIN
-#    define PTRDIFF_MIN                 stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MIN)
-#  endif
-#  ifndef UINTPTR_MAX
-#    define UINTPTR_MAX                 stdint_intptr_glue3(UINT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MAX)
-#  endif
-#  ifndef INTPTR_MAX
-#    define INTPTR_MAX                  stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MAX)
-#  endif
-#  ifndef INTPTR_MIN
-#    define INTPTR_MIN                  stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MIN)
-#  endif
-#  ifndef INTPTR_C
-#    define INTPTR_C(x)                 stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_C)(x)
-#  endif
-#  ifndef UINTPTR_C
-#    define UINTPTR_C(x)                stdint_intptr_glue3(UINT,stdint_intptr_bits,_C)(x)
-#  endif
-  typedef stdint_intptr_glue3(uint,stdint_intptr_bits,_t) uintptr_t;
-  typedef stdint_intptr_glue3( int,stdint_intptr_bits,_t)  intptr_t;
-# else
-/* TODO -- This following is likely wrong for some platforms, and does
-   nothing for the definition of uintptr_t. */
-  typedef ptrdiff_t intptr_t;
-# endif
-# define STDINT_H_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED
-#endif
-
-/*
- *  Assumes sig_atomic_t is signed and we have a 2s complement machine.
- */
-
-#ifndef SIG_ATOMIC_MAX
-# define SIG_ATOMIC_MAX ((((sig_atomic_t) 1) << (sizeof (sig_atomic_t)*CHAR_BIT-1)) - 1)
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if defined (__TEST_PSTDINT_FOR_CORRECTNESS)
-
-/*
- *  Please compile with the maximum warning settings to make sure macros are
- *  not defined more than once.
- */
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#define glue3_aux(x,y,z) x ## y ## z
-#define glue3(x,y,z) glue3_aux(x,y,z)
-
-#define DECLU(bits) glue3(uint,bits,_t) glue3(u,bits,) = glue3(UINT,bits,_C) (0);
-#define DECLI(bits) glue3(int,bits,_t) glue3(i,bits,) = glue3(INT,bits,_C) (0);
-
-#define DECL(us,bits) glue3(DECL,us,) (bits)
-
-#define TESTUMAX(bits) glue3(u,bits,) = ~glue3(u,bits,); if (glue3(UINT,bits,_MAX) != glue3(u,bits,)) printf ("Something wrong with UINT%d_MAX\n", bits)
-
-#define REPORTERROR(msg) { err_n++; if (err_first <= 0) err_first = __LINE__; printf msg; }
-
-#define X_SIZE_MAX ((size_t)-1)
-
-int main () {
-	int err_n = 0;
-	int err_first = 0;
-	DECL(I,8)
-	DECL(U,8)
-	DECL(I,16)
-	DECL(U,16)
-	DECL(I,32)
-	DECL(U,32)
-#ifdef INT64_MAX
-	DECL(I,64)
-	DECL(U,64)
-#endif
-	intmax_t imax = INTMAX_C(0);
-	uintmax_t umax = UINTMAX_C(0);
-	char str0[256], str1[256];
-
-	sprintf (str0, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "d", INT32_C(2147483647));
-	if (0 != strcmp (str0, "2147483647")) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER : %s\n", str0));
-	if (atoi(PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH) != (int) strlen(str0)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH : %s\n", PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH));
-	sprintf (str0, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "u", UINT32_C(4294967295));
-	if (0 != strcmp (str0, "4294967295")) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER : %s\n", str0));
-	if (atoi(PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH) != (int) strlen(str0)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH : %s\n", PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH));
-#ifdef INT64_MAX
-	sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "d", INT64_C(9223372036854775807));
-	if (0 != strcmp (str1, "9223372036854775807")) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER : %s\n", str1));
-	if (atoi(PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH) != (int) strlen(str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH : %s, %d\n", PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH, (int) strlen(str1)));
-	sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "u", UINT64_C(18446744073709550591));
-	if (0 != strcmp (str1, "18446744073709550591")) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER : %s\n", str1));
-	if (atoi(PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH) != (int) strlen(str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH : %s, %d\n", PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH, (int) strlen(str1)));
-#endif
-
-	sprintf (str0, "%d %x\n", 0, ~0);
-
-	sprintf (str1, "%d %x\n",  i8, ~0);
-	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with i8 : %s\n", str1));
-	sprintf (str1, "%u %x\n",  u8, ~0);
-	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with u8 : %s\n", str1));
-	sprintf (str1, "%d %x\n",  i16, ~0);
-	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with i16 : %s\n", str1));
-	sprintf (str1, "%u %x\n",  u16, ~0);
-	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with u16 : %s\n", str1));
-	sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "d %x\n",  i32, ~0);
-	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with i32 : %s\n", str1));
-	sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "u %x\n",  u32, ~0);
-	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with u32 : %s\n", str1));
-#ifdef INT64_MAX
-	sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "d %x\n",  i64, ~0);
-	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with i64 : %s\n", str1));
-#endif
-	sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER "d %x\n",  imax, ~0);
-	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with imax : %s\n", str1));
-	sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER "u %x\n",  umax, ~0);
-	if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with umax : %s\n", str1));
-
-	TESTUMAX(8);
-	TESTUMAX(16);
-	TESTUMAX(32);
-#ifdef INT64_MAX
-	TESTUMAX(64);
-#endif
-
-#define STR(v) #v
-#define Q(v) printf ("sizeof " STR(v) " = %u\n", (unsigned) sizeof (v));
-	if (err_n) {
-		printf ("pstdint.h is not correct.  Please use sizes below to correct it:\n");
-	}
-
-	Q(int)
-	Q(unsigned)
-	Q(long int)
-	Q(short int)
-	Q(int8_t)
-	Q(int16_t)
-	Q(int32_t)
-#ifdef INT64_MAX
-	Q(int64_t)
-#endif
-
-#if UINT_MAX < X_SIZE_MAX
-	printf ("UINT_MAX < X_SIZE_MAX\n");
-#else
-	printf ("UINT_MAX >= X_SIZE_MAX\n");
-#endif
-	printf ("%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "u vs %" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "u\n", UINT_MAX, X_SIZE_MAX);
-
-	return EXIT_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-#endif
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 *	This file isn't complete in the ANSI-C sense; it only declares things
 *	that are needed by Tcl. This file is needed even on many systems with
 *	their own stdlib.h (e.g. SunOS) because not all stdlib.h files declare
- *	all the procedures needed here (such as strtol/strtoul).
+ *	all the procedures needed here (such as strtod).
 *
 * Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
 * Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ extern char *		malloc(unsigned int numBytes);
 extern void		qsort(void *base, int n, int size, int (*compar)(
 			    const void *element1, const void *element2));
 extern char *		realloc(char *ptr, unsigned int numBytes);
+extern double		strtod(const char *string, char **endPtr);
 extern long		strtol(const char *string, char **endPtr, int base);
 extern unsigned long	strtoul(const char *string, char **endPtr, int base);

@@ -36,10 +36,10 @@

 char *
 strstr(
-    char *string,		/* String to search. */
+    register char *string,	/* String to search. */
    char *substring)		/* Substring to try to find in string. */
 {
-    char *a, *b;
+    register char *a, *b;

    /*
     * First scan quickly through the two strings looking for a
@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+/*
+ * strtod.c --
+ *
+ *	Source code for the "strtod" library procedure.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1988-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
+ *
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
+ * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ */
+
+#include "tclInt.h"
+
+#ifndef TRUE
+#define TRUE 1
+#define FALSE 0
+#endif
+#ifndef NULL
+#define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+static const int maxExponent = 511;	/* Largest possible base 10 exponent.  Any
+				 * exponent larger than this will already
+				 * produce underflow or overflow, so there's
+				 * no need to worry about additional digits.
+				 */
+static const double powersOf10[] = {	/* Table giving binary powers of 10.  Entry */
+    10.,			/* is 10^2^i.  Used to convert decimal */
+    100.,			/* exponents into floating-point numbers. */
+    1.0e4,
+    1.0e8,
+    1.0e16,
+    1.0e32,
+    1.0e64,
+    1.0e128,
+    1.0e256
+};
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * strtod --
+ *
+ *	This procedure converts a floating-point number from an ASCII
+ *	decimal representation to internal double-precision format.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The return value is the double-precision floating-point
+ *	representation of the characters in string.  If endPtr isn't
+ *	NULL, then *endPtr is filled in with the address of the
+ *	next character after the last one that was part of the
+ *	floating-point number.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+double
+strtod(
+    const char *string,		/* A decimal ASCII floating-point number,
+				 * optionally preceded by white space. Must
+				 * have form "-I.FE-X", where I is the integer
+				 * part of the mantissa, F is the fractional
+				 * part of the mantissa, and X is the
+				 * exponent. Either of the signs may be "+",
+				 * "-", or omitted. Either I or F may be
+				 * omitted, or both. The decimal point isn't
+				 * necessary unless F is present. The "E" may
+				 * actually be an "e". E and X may both be
+				 * omitted (but not just one). */
+    char **endPtr)		/* If non-NULL, store terminating character's
+				 * address here. */
+{
+    int sign, expSign = FALSE;
+    double fraction, dblExp;
+    const double *d;
+    register const char *p;
+    register int c;
+    int exp = 0;		/* Exponent read from "EX" field. */
+    int fracExp = 0;		/* Exponent that derives from the fractional
+				 * part. Under normal circumstatnces, it is
+				 * the negative of the number of digits in F.
+				 * However, if I is very long, the last digits
+				 * of I get dropped (otherwise a long I with a
+				 * large negative exponent could cause an
+				 * unnecessary overflow on I alone). In this
+				 * case, fracExp is incremented one for each
+				 * dropped digit. */
+    int mantSize;		/* Number of digits in mantissa. */
+    int decPt;			/* Number of mantissa digits BEFORE decimal
+				 * point. */
+    const char *pExp;		/* Temporarily holds location of exponent in
+				 * string. */
+
+    /*
+     * Strip off leading blanks and check for a sign.
+     */
+
+    p = string;
+    while (isspace(UCHAR(*p))) {
+	p += 1;
+    }
+    if (*p == '-') {
+	sign = TRUE;
+	p += 1;
+    } else {
+	if (*p == '+') {
+	    p += 1;
+	}
+	sign = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Count the number of digits in the mantissa (including the decimal
+     * point), and also locate the decimal point.
+     */
+
+    decPt = -1;
+    for (mantSize = 0; ; mantSize += 1)
+    {
+	c = *p;
+	if (!isdigit(c)) {
+	    if ((c != '.') || (decPt >= 0)) {
+		break;
+	    }
+	    decPt = mantSize;
+	}
+	p += 1;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Now suck up the digits in the mantissa. Use two integers to collect 9
+     * digits each (this is faster than using floating-point). If the mantissa
+     * has more than 18 digits, ignore the extras, since they can't affect the
+     * value anyway.
+     */
+
+    pExp  = p;
+    p -= mantSize;
+    if (decPt < 0) {
+	decPt = mantSize;
+    } else {
+	mantSize -= 1;		/* One of the digits was the point. */
+    }
+    if (mantSize > 18) {
+	fracExp = decPt - 18;
+	mantSize = 18;
+    } else {
+	fracExp = decPt - mantSize;
+    }
+    if (mantSize == 0) {
+	fraction = 0.0;
+	p = string;
+	goto done;
+    } else {
+	int frac1, frac2;
+
+	frac1 = 0;
+	for ( ; mantSize > 9; mantSize -= 1) {
+	    c = *p;
+	    p += 1;
+	    if (c == '.') {
+		c = *p;
+		p += 1;
+	    }
+	    frac1 = 10*frac1 + (c - '0');
+	}
+	frac2 = 0;
+	for (; mantSize > 0; mantSize -= 1) {
+	    c = *p;
+	    p += 1;
+	    if (c == '.') {
+		c = *p;
+		p += 1;
+	    }
+	    frac2 = 10*frac2 + (c - '0');
+	}
+	fraction = (1.0e9 * frac1) + frac2;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Skim off the exponent.
+     */
+
+    p = pExp;
+    if ((*p == 'E') || (*p == 'e')) {
+	p += 1;
+	if (*p == '-') {
+	    expSign = TRUE;
+	    p += 1;
+	} else {
+	    if (*p == '+') {
+		p += 1;
+	    }
+	    expSign = FALSE;
+	}
+	if (!isdigit(UCHAR(*p))) {
+	    p = pExp;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+	while (isdigit(UCHAR(*p))) {
+	    exp = exp * 10 + (*p - '0');
+	    p += 1;
+	}
+    }
+    if (expSign) {
+	exp = fracExp - exp;
+    } else {
+	exp = fracExp + exp;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Generate a floating-point number that represents the exponent. Do this
+     * by processing the exponent one bit at a time to combine many powers of
+     * 2 of 10. Then combine the exponent with the fraction.
+     */
+
+    if (exp < 0) {
+	expSign = TRUE;
+	exp = -exp;
+    } else {
+	expSign = FALSE;
+    }
+    if (exp > maxExponent) {
+	exp = maxExponent;
+	errno = ERANGE;
+    }
+    dblExp = 1.0;
+    for (d = powersOf10; exp != 0; exp >>= 1, ++d) {
+	if (exp & 01) {
+	    dblExp *= *d;
+	}
+    }
+    if (expSign) {
+	fraction /= dblExp;
+    } else {
+	fraction *= dblExp;
+    }
+
+  done:
+    if (endPtr != NULL) {
+	*endPtr = (char *) p;
+    }
+
+    if (sign) {
+	return -fraction;
+    }
+    return fraction;
+}
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ strtol(
 				 * hex, "0" means octal, anything else means
 				 * decimal. */
 {
-    const char *p;
+    register const char *p;
    long result;

    /*
@@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ strtoul(
 				 * hex, "0" means octal, anything else means
 				 * decimal. */
 {
-    const char *p;
-    unsigned long int result = 0;
-    unsigned digit;
+    register const char *p;
+    register unsigned long int result = 0;
+    register unsigned digit;
    int anyDigits = 0;
    int negative=0;
    int overflow=0;
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+ * unistd.h --
+ *
+ *      Macros, constants and prototypes for Posix conformance.
+ *
+ * Copyright 1989 Regents of the University of California Permission to use,
+ * copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any
+ * purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice appear in all copies. The University of California makes
+ * no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose.
+ * It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _UNISTD
+#define _UNISTD
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#define NULL    0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Strict POSIX stuff goes here. Extensions go down below, in the ifndef
+ * _POSIX_SOURCE section.
+ */
+
+extern void		_exit(int status);
+extern int		access(const char *path, int mode);
+extern int		chdir(const char *path);
+extern int		chown(const char *path, uid_t owner, gid_t group);
+extern int		close(int fd);
+extern int		dup(int oldfd);
+extern int		dup2(int oldfd, int newfd);
+extern int		execl(const char *path, ...);
+extern int		execle(const char *path, ...);
+extern int		execlp(const char *file, ...);
+extern int		execv(const char *path, char **argv);
+extern int		execve(const char *path, char **argv, char **envp);
+extern int		execvpw(const char *file, char **argv);
+extern pid_t		fork(void);
+extern char *		getcwd(char *buf, size_t size);
+extern gid_t		getegid(void);
+extern uid_t		geteuid(void);
+extern gid_t		getgid(void);
+extern int		getgroups(int bufSize, int *buffer);
+extern pid_t		getpid(void);
+extern uid_t		getuid(void);
+extern int		isatty(int fd);
+extern long		lseek(int fd, long offset, int whence);
+extern int		pipe(int *fildes);
+extern int		read(int fd, char *buf, size_t size);
+extern int		setgid(gid_t group);
+extern int		setuid(uid_t user);
+extern unsigned		sleep(unsigned seconds);
+extern char *		ttyname(int fd);
+extern int		unlink(const char *path);
+extern int		write(int fd, const char *buf, size_t size);
+
+#ifndef	_POSIX_SOURCE
+extern char *		crypt(const char *, const char *);
+extern int		fchown(int fd, uid_t owner, gid_t group);
+extern int		flock(int fd, int operation);
+extern int		ftruncate(int fd, unsigned long length);
+extern int		ioctl(int fd, int request, ...);
+extern int		readlink(const char *path, char *buf, int bufsize);
+extern int		setegid(gid_t group);
+extern int		seteuidw(uid_t user);
+extern int		setreuid(int ruid, int euid);
+extern int		symlink(const char *, const char *);
+extern int		ttyslot(void);
+extern int		truncate(const char *path, unsigned long length);
+extern int		vfork(void);
+#endif /* _POSIX_SOURCE */
+
+#endif /* _UNISTD */
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ waitpid(
    int options)		/* OR'ed combination of WNOHANG and
 				 * WUNTRACED. */
 {
-    WaitInfo *waitPtr, *prevPtr;
+    register WaitInfo *waitPtr, *prevPtr;
    pid_t result;
    WAIT_STATUS_TYPE status;

@@ -29,12 +29,6 @@

 #define CRC32(c, b) ((*(pcrc_32_tab+(((int)(c) ^ (b)) & 0xff))) ^ ((c) >> 8))

-#ifdef Z_U4
-   typedef Z_U4 z_crc_t;
-#else
-   typedef unsigned long z_crc_t;
-#endif
-
 /***********************************************************************
 * Return the next byte in the pseudo-random sequence
 */
@@ -57,7 +51,7 @@ static int update_keys(unsigned long* pkeys,const z_crc_t* pcrc_32_tab,int c)
    (*(pkeys+1)) += (*(pkeys+0)) & 0xff;
    (*(pkeys+1)) = (*(pkeys+1)) * 134775813L + 1;
    {
-      int keyshift = (int)((*(pkeys+1)) >> 24);
+      register int keyshift = (int)((*(pkeys+1)) >> 24);
      (*(pkeys+2)) = CRC32((*(pkeys+2)), keyshift);
    }
    return c;
@@ -14,11 +14,7 @@
        #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
 #endif

-#if defined(_WIN32)
-#define FOPEN_FUNC(filename, mode) fopen(filename, mode)
-#define FTELLO_FUNC(stream) _ftelli64(stream)
-#define FSEEKO_FUNC(stream, offset, origin) _fseeki64(stream, offset, origin)
-#elif defined(__APPLE__) || defined(IOAPI_NO_64)
+#if defined(__APPLE__) || defined(IOAPI_NO_64)
 // In darwin and perhaps other BSD variants off_t is a 64 bit value, hence no need for specific 64 bit functions
 #define FOPEN_FUNC(filename, mode) fopen(filename, mode)
 #define FTELLO_FUNC(stream) ftello(stream)
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ void change_file_date(filename,dosdate,tmu_date)
  SetFileTime(hFile,&ftm,&ftLastAcc,&ftm);
  CloseHandle(hFile);
 #else
-#if defined(unix) || defined(__APPLE__)
+#ifdef unix || __APPLE__
  struct utimbuf ut;
  struct tm newdate;
  newdate.tm_sec = tmu_date.tm_sec;
@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@
         Copyright (C) 2009-2010 Mathias Svensson ( http://result42.com )
 */

+
 #if (!defined(_WIN32)) && (!defined(WIN32)) && (!defined(__APPLE__))
        #ifndef __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
                #define __USE_FILE_OFFSET64
@@ -27,11 +28,7 @@
        #endif
 #endif

-#if defined(_WIN32)
-#define FOPEN_FUNC(filename, mode) fopen(filename, mode)
-#define FTELLO_FUNC(stream) _ftelli64(stream)
-#define FSEEKO_FUNC(stream, offset, origin) _fseeki64(stream, offset, origin)
-#elif defined(__APPLE__) || defined(IOAPI_NO_64)
+#ifdef __APPLE__
 // In darwin and perhaps other BSD variants off_t is a 64 bit value, hence no need for specific 64 bit functions
 #define FOPEN_FUNC(filename, mode) fopen(filename, mode)
 #define FTELLO_FUNC(stream) ftello(stream)
@@ -42,7 +39,8 @@
 #define FSEEKO_FUNC(stream, offset, origin) fseeko64(stream, offset, origin)
 #endif

-#include "tinydir.h"
+
+
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
@@ -74,8 +72,8 @@

 #ifdef _WIN32
 uLong filetime(f, tmzip, dt)
-    const char *f;         /* name of file to get info on */
-    tm_zip *tmzip;         /* return value: access, modific. and creation times */
+    char *f;                /* name of file to get info on */
+    tm_zip *tmzip;             /* return value: access, modific. and creation times */
    uLong *dt;             /* dostime */
 {
  int ret = 0;
@@ -96,9 +94,9 @@ uLong filetime(f, tmzip, dt)
  return ret;
 }
 #else
-#if defined(unix) || defined(__APPLE__)
+#ifdef unix || __APPLE__
 uLong filetime(f, tmzip, dt)
-    const char *f;         /* name of file to get info on */
+    char *f;               /* name of file to get info on */
    tm_zip *tmzip;         /* return value: access, modific. and creation times */
    uLong *dt;             /* dostime */
 {
@@ -140,8 +138,8 @@ uLong filetime(f, tmzip, dt)
 }
 #else
 uLong filetime(f, tmzip, dt)
-    const char *f;         /* name of file to get info on */
-    tm_zip *tmzip;         /* return value: access, modific. and creation times */
+    char *f;                /* name of file to get info on */
+    tm_zip *tmzip;             /* return value: access, modific. and creation times */
    uLong *dt;             /* dostime */
 {
    return 0;
@@ -174,7 +172,6 @@ void do_banner()
 void do_help()
 {
    printf("Usage : minizip [-o] [-a] [-0 to -9] [-p password] [-j] file.zip [files_to_add]\n\n" \
-           "  -r  Scan directories recursively\n" \
           "  -o  Overwrite existing file.zip\n" \
           "  -a  Append to existing file.zip\n" \
           "  -0  Store only\n" \
@@ -246,153 +243,12 @@ int isLargeFile(const char* filename)
 return largeFile;
 }

-void addFileToZip(zipFile zf, const char *filenameinzip, const char *password, int opt_exclude_path,int opt_compress_level) {
-    FILE * fin;
-    int size_read;
-    const char *savefilenameinzip;
-    zip_fileinfo zi;
-    unsigned long crcFile=0;
-    int zip64 = 0;
-    int err=0;
-    int size_buf=WRITEBUFFERSIZE;
-    unsigned char buf[WRITEBUFFERSIZE];
-    zi.tmz_date.tm_sec = zi.tmz_date.tm_min = zi.tmz_date.tm_hour =
-    zi.tmz_date.tm_mday = zi.tmz_date.tm_mon = zi.tmz_date.tm_year = 0;
-    zi.dosDate = 0;
-    zi.internal_fa = 0;
-    zi.external_fa = 0;
-    filetime(filenameinzip,&zi.tmz_date,&zi.dosDate);
-
-/*
-    err = zipOpenNewFileInZip(zf,filenameinzip,&zi,
-                     NULL,0,NULL,0,NULL / * comment * /,
-                     (opt_compress_level != 0) ? Z_DEFLATED : 0,
-                     opt_compress_level);
-*/
-    if ((password != NULL) && (err==ZIP_OK))
-        err = getFileCrc(filenameinzip,buf,size_buf,&crcFile);
-
-    zip64 = isLargeFile(filenameinzip);
-
-   /* The path name saved, should not include a leading slash. */
-   /*if it did, windows/xp and dynazip couldn't read the zip file. */
-     savefilenameinzip = filenameinzip;
-     while( savefilenameinzip[0] == '\\' || savefilenameinzip[0] == '/' )
-     {
-         savefilenameinzip++;
-     }
-
-     /*should the zip file contain any path at all?*/
-     if( opt_exclude_path )
-     {
-         const char *tmpptr;
-         const char *lastslash = 0;
-         for( tmpptr = savefilenameinzip; *tmpptr; tmpptr++)
-         {
-             if( *tmpptr == '\\' || *tmpptr == '/')
-             {
-                 lastslash = tmpptr;
-             }
-         }
-         if( lastslash != NULL )
-         {
-             savefilenameinzip = lastslash+1; // base filename follows last slash.
-         }
-     }
-
-     /**/
-    err = zipOpenNewFileInZip3_64(zf,savefilenameinzip,&zi,
-                     NULL,0,NULL,0,NULL /* comment*/,
-                     (opt_compress_level != 0) ? Z_DEFLATED : 0,
-                     opt_compress_level,0,
-                     /* -MAX_WBITS, DEF_MEM_LEVEL, Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY, */
-                     -MAX_WBITS, DEF_MEM_LEVEL, Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY,
-                     password,crcFile, zip64);
-
-    if (err != ZIP_OK)
-        printf("error in opening %s in zipfile\n",filenameinzip);
-    else
-    {
-        fin = FOPEN_FUNC(filenameinzip,"rb");
-        if (fin==NULL)
-        {
-            err=ZIP_ERRNO;
-            printf("error in opening %s for reading\n",filenameinzip);
-        }
-    }
-
-    if (err == ZIP_OK)
-        do
-        {
-            err = ZIP_OK;
-            size_read = (int)fread(buf,1,size_buf,fin);
-            if (size_read < size_buf)
-                if (feof(fin)==0)
-            {
-                printf("error in reading %s\n",filenameinzip);
-                err = ZIP_ERRNO;
-            }
-
-            if (size_read>0)
-            {
-                err = zipWriteInFileInZip (zf,buf,size_read);
-                if (err<0)
-                {
-                    printf("error in writing %s in the zipfile\n",
-                                     filenameinzip);
-                }
-
-            }
-        } while ((err == ZIP_OK) && (size_read>0));
-
-    if (fin)
-        fclose(fin);
-
-    if (err<0)
-        err=ZIP_ERRNO;
-    else
-    {
-        err = zipCloseFileInZip(zf);
-        if (err!=ZIP_OK)
-            printf("error in closing %s in the zipfile\n",
-                        filenameinzip);
-    }
-}
-
-
-void addPathToZip(zipFile zf, const char *filenameinzip, const char *password, int opt_exclude_path,int opt_compress_level) {
-    tinydir_dir dir;
-    int i;
-    char newname[512];
-
-    tinydir_open_sorted(&dir, filenameinzip);
-
-    for (i = 0; i < dir.n_files; i++)
-    {
-        tinydir_file file;
-        tinydir_readfile_n(&dir, &file, i);
-        if(strcmp(file.name,".")==0) continue;
-        if(strcmp(file.name,"..")==0) continue;
-        sprintf(newname,"%s/%s",dir.path,file.name);
-        if (file.is_dir)
-        {
-            addPathToZip(zf,newname,password,opt_exclude_path,opt_compress_level);
-        } else {
-            addFileToZip(zf,newname,password,opt_exclude_path,opt_compress_level);
-        }
-    }
-
-    tinydir_close(&dir);
-}
-
-
 int main(argc,argv)
    int argc;
    char *argv[];
 {
    int i;
-    int opt_recursive=0;
-    int opt_overwrite=1;
+    int opt_overwrite=0;
    int opt_compress_level=Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION;
    int opt_exclude_path=0;
    int zipfilenamearg = 0;
@@ -429,8 +285,7 @@ int main(argc,argv)
                        opt_compress_level = c-'0';
                    if ((c=='j') || (c=='J'))
                        opt_exclude_path = 1;
-                    if ((c=='r') || (c=='R'))
-                        opt_recursive = 1;
+
                    if (((c=='p') || (c=='P')) && (i+1<argc))
                    {
                        password=argv[i+1];
@@ -537,14 +392,117 @@ int main(argc,argv)
                  ((argv[i][1]=='o') || (argv[i][1]=='O') ||
                   (argv[i][1]=='a') || (argv[i][1]=='A') ||
                   (argv[i][1]=='p') || (argv[i][1]=='P') ||
-                   (argv[i][1]=='r') || (argv[i][1]=='R') ||
                   ((argv[i][1]>='0') || (argv[i][1]<='9'))) &&
                  (strlen(argv[i]) == 2)))
            {
-                if(opt_recursive) {
-                    addPathToZip(zf,argv[i],password,opt_exclude_path,opt_compress_level);
-                } else {
-                    addFileToZip(zf,argv[i],password,opt_exclude_path,opt_compress_level);
+                FILE * fin;
+                int size_read;
+                const char* filenameinzip = argv[i];
+                const char *savefilenameinzip;
+                zip_fileinfo zi;
+                unsigned long crcFile=0;
+                int zip64 = 0;
+
+                zi.tmz_date.tm_sec = zi.tmz_date.tm_min = zi.tmz_date.tm_hour =
+                zi.tmz_date.tm_mday = zi.tmz_date.tm_mon = zi.tmz_date.tm_year = 0;
+                zi.dosDate = 0;
+                zi.internal_fa = 0;
+                zi.external_fa = 0;
+                filetime(filenameinzip,&zi.tmz_date,&zi.dosDate);
+
+/*
+                err = zipOpenNewFileInZip(zf,filenameinzip,&zi,
+                                 NULL,0,NULL,0,NULL / * comment * /,
+                                 (opt_compress_level != 0) ? Z_DEFLATED : 0,
+                                 opt_compress_level);
+*/
+                if ((password != NULL) && (err==ZIP_OK))
+                    err = getFileCrc(filenameinzip,buf,size_buf,&crcFile);
+
+                zip64 = isLargeFile(filenameinzip);
+
+                                                         /* The path name saved, should not include a leading slash. */
+               /*if it did, windows/xp and dynazip couldn't read the zip file. */
+                 savefilenameinzip = filenameinzip;
+                 while( savefilenameinzip[0] == '\\' || savefilenameinzip[0] == '/' )
+                 {
+                     savefilenameinzip++;
+                 }
+
+                 /*should the zip file contain any path at all?*/
+                 if( opt_exclude_path )
+                 {
+                     const char *tmpptr;
+                     const char *lastslash = 0;
+                     for( tmpptr = savefilenameinzip; *tmpptr; tmpptr++)
+                     {
+                         if( *tmpptr == '\\' || *tmpptr == '/')
+                         {
+                             lastslash = tmpptr;
+                         }
+                     }
+                     if( lastslash != NULL )
+                     {
+                         savefilenameinzip = lastslash+1; // base filename follows last slash.
+                     }
+                 }
+
+                 /**/
+                err = zipOpenNewFileInZip3_64(zf,savefilenameinzip,&zi,
+                                 NULL,0,NULL,0,NULL /* comment*/,
+                                 (opt_compress_level != 0) ? Z_DEFLATED : 0,
+                                 opt_compress_level,0,
+                                 /* -MAX_WBITS, DEF_MEM_LEVEL, Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY, */
+                                 -MAX_WBITS, DEF_MEM_LEVEL, Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY,
+                                 password,crcFile, zip64);
+
+                if (err != ZIP_OK)
+                    printf("error in opening %s in zipfile\n",filenameinzip);
+                else
+                {
+                    fin = FOPEN_FUNC(filenameinzip,"rb");
+                    if (fin==NULL)
+                    {
+                        err=ZIP_ERRNO;
+                        printf("error in opening %s for reading\n",filenameinzip);
+                    }
+                }
+
+                if (err == ZIP_OK)
+                    do
+                    {
+                        err = ZIP_OK;
+                        size_read = (int)fread(buf,1,size_buf,fin);
+                        if (size_read < size_buf)
+                            if (feof(fin)==0)
+                        {
+                            printf("error in reading %s\n",filenameinzip);
+                            err = ZIP_ERRNO;
+                        }
+
+                        if (size_read>0)
+                        {
+                            err = zipWriteInFileInZip (zf,buf,size_read);
+                            if (err<0)
+                            {
+                                printf("error in writing %s in the zipfile\n",
+                                                 filenameinzip);
+                            }
+
+                        }
+                    } while ((err == ZIP_OK) && (size_read>0));
+
+                if (fin)
+                    fclose(fin);
+
+                if (err<0)
+                    err=ZIP_ERRNO;
+                else
+                {
+                    err = zipCloseFileInZip(zf);
+                    if (err!=ZIP_OK)
+                        printf("error in closing %s in the zipfile\n",
+                                    filenameinzip);
                }
            }
        }
@@ -1,816 +0,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright (c) 2013-2017, tinydir authors:
- Cong Xu
- Lautis Sun
- Baudouin Feildel
- Andargor <andargor@yahoo.com>
-All rights reserved.
-
-Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
-modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-
-1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
-   list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-   this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-   and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-
-THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
-ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
-WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
-ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
-(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
-LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
-ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
-(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
-SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-*/
-#ifndef TINYDIR_H
-#define TINYDIR_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#if ((defined _UNICODE) && !(defined UNICODE))
-#define UNICODE
-#endif
-
-#if ((defined UNICODE) && !(defined _UNICODE))
-#define _UNICODE
-#endif
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-# include <windows.h>
-# include <tchar.h>
-# pragma warning(push)
-# pragma warning (disable : 4996)
-#else
-# include <dirent.h>
-# include <libgen.h>
-# include <sys/stat.h>
-# include <stddef.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef __MINGW32__
-# include <tchar.h>
-#endif
-
-
-/* types */
-
-/* Windows UNICODE wide character support */
-#if defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__
-# define _tinydir_char_t TCHAR
-# define TINYDIR_STRING(s) _TEXT(s)
-# define _tinydir_strlen _tcslen
-# define _tinydir_strcpy _tcscpy
-# define _tinydir_strcat _tcscat
-# define _tinydir_strcmp _tcscmp
-# define _tinydir_strrchr _tcsrchr
-# define _tinydir_strncmp _tcsncmp
-#else
-# define _tinydir_char_t char
-# define TINYDIR_STRING(s) s
-# define _tinydir_strlen strlen
-# define _tinydir_strcpy strcpy
-# define _tinydir_strcat strcat
-# define _tinydir_strcmp strcmp
-# define _tinydir_strrchr strrchr
-# define _tinydir_strncmp strncmp
-#endif
-
-#if (defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__)
-# include <windows.h>
-# define _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX MAX_PATH
-#elif defined  __linux__
-# include <limits.h>
-# define _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX PATH_MAX
-#elif defined(__unix__) || (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__))
-# include <sys/param.h>
-# if defined(BSD)
-#  include <limits.h>
-#  define _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX PATH_MAX
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX
-#define _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX 4096
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-/* extra chars for the "\\*" mask */
-# define _TINYDIR_PATH_EXTRA 2
-#else
-# define _TINYDIR_PATH_EXTRA 0
-#endif
-
-#define _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX 256
-
-#if (defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__)
-#define _TINYDIR_DRIVE_MAX 3
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-# define _TINYDIR_FUNC static __inline
-#elif !defined __STDC_VERSION__ || __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901L
-# define _TINYDIR_FUNC static __inline__
-#else
-# define _TINYDIR_FUNC static inline
-#endif
-
-/* readdir_r usage; define TINYDIR_USE_READDIR_R to use it (if supported) */
-#ifdef TINYDIR_USE_READDIR_R
-
-/* readdir_r is a POSIX-only function, and may not be available under various
- * environments/settings, e.g. MinGW. Use readdir fallback */
-#if _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 1 || _XOPEN_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE ||\
-	_POSIX_SOURCE
-# define _TINYDIR_HAS_READDIR_R
-#endif
-#if _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
-# define _TINYDIR_HAS_FPATHCONF
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-#if _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE || \
-	(_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 700)
-# define _TINYDIR_HAS_DIRFD
-# include <sys/types.h>
-#endif
-#if defined _TINYDIR_HAS_FPATHCONF && defined _TINYDIR_HAS_DIRFD &&\
-	defined _PC_NAME_MAX
-# define _TINYDIR_USE_FPATHCONF
-#endif
-#if defined __MINGW32__ || !defined _TINYDIR_HAS_READDIR_R ||\
-	!(defined _TINYDIR_USE_FPATHCONF || defined NAME_MAX)
-# define _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
-#endif
-
-/* Use readdir by default */
-#else
-# define _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
-#endif
-
-/* MINGW32 has two versions of dirent, ASCII and UNICODE*/
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-#if (defined __MINGW32__) && (defined _UNICODE)
-#define _TINYDIR_DIR _WDIR
-#define _tinydir_dirent _wdirent
-#define _tinydir_opendir _wopendir
-#define _tinydir_readdir _wreaddir
-#define _tinydir_closedir _wclosedir
-#else
-#define _TINYDIR_DIR DIR
-#define _tinydir_dirent dirent
-#define _tinydir_opendir opendir
-#define _tinydir_readdir readdir
-#define _tinydir_closedir closedir
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/* Allow user to use a custom allocator by defining _TINYDIR_MALLOC and _TINYDIR_FREE. */
-#if    defined(_TINYDIR_MALLOC) &&  defined(_TINYDIR_FREE)
-#elif !defined(_TINYDIR_MALLOC) && !defined(_TINYDIR_FREE)
-#else
-#error "Either define both alloc and free or none of them!"
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(_TINYDIR_MALLOC)
-	#define _TINYDIR_MALLOC(_size) malloc(_size)
-	#define _TINYDIR_FREE(_ptr)    free(_ptr)
-#endif /* !defined(_TINYDIR_MALLOC) */
-
-typedef struct tinydir_file
-{
-	_tinydir_char_t path[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
-	_tinydir_char_t name[_TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX];
-	_tinydir_char_t *extension;
-	int is_dir;
-	int is_reg;
-
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-#ifdef __MINGW32__
-	struct _stat _s;
-#else
-	struct stat _s;
-#endif
-#endif
-} tinydir_file;
-
-typedef struct tinydir_dir
-{
-	_tinydir_char_t path[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
-	int has_next;
-	size_t n_files;
-
-	tinydir_file *_files;
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-	HANDLE _h;
-	WIN32_FIND_DATA _f;
-#else
-	_TINYDIR_DIR *_d;
-	struct _tinydir_dirent *_e;
-#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
-	struct _tinydir_dirent *_ep;
-#endif
-#endif
-} tinydir_dir;
-
-
-/* declarations */
-
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-int tinydir_open(tinydir_dir *dir, const _tinydir_char_t *path);
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-int tinydir_open_sorted(tinydir_dir *dir, const _tinydir_char_t *path);
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-void tinydir_close(tinydir_dir *dir);
-
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-int tinydir_next(tinydir_dir *dir);
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-int tinydir_readfile(const tinydir_dir *dir, tinydir_file *file);
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-int tinydir_readfile_n(const tinydir_dir *dir, tinydir_file *file, size_t i);
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-int tinydir_open_subdir_n(tinydir_dir *dir, size_t i);
-
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-int tinydir_file_open(tinydir_file *file, const _tinydir_char_t *path);
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-void _tinydir_get_ext(tinydir_file *file);
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-int _tinydir_file_cmp(const void *a, const void *b);
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-size_t _tinydir_dirent_buf_size(_TINYDIR_DIR *dirp);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-
-/* definitions*/
-
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-int tinydir_open(tinydir_dir *dir, const _tinydir_char_t *path)
-{
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
-	int error;
-	int size;	/* using int size */
-#endif
-#else
-	_tinydir_char_t path_buf[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
-#endif
-	_tinydir_char_t *pathp;
-
-	if (dir == NULL || path == NULL || _tinydir_strlen(path) == 0)
-	{
-		errno = EINVAL;
-		return -1;
-	}
-	if (_tinydir_strlen(path) + _TINYDIR_PATH_EXTRA >= _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX)
-	{
-		errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	/* initialise dir */
-	dir->_files = NULL;
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-	dir->_h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
-#else
-	dir->_d = NULL;
-#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
-	dir->_ep = NULL;
-#endif
-#endif
-	tinydir_close(dir);
-
-	_tinydir_strcpy(dir->path, path);
-	/* Remove trailing slashes */
-	pathp = &dir->path[_tinydir_strlen(dir->path) - 1];
-	while (pathp != dir->path && (*pathp == TINYDIR_STRING('\\') || *pathp == TINYDIR_STRING('/')))
-	{
-		*pathp = TINYDIR_STRING('\0');
-		pathp++;
-	}
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-	_tinydir_strcpy(path_buf, dir->path);
-	_tinydir_strcat(path_buf, TINYDIR_STRING("\\*"));
-#if (defined WINAPI_FAMILY) && (WINAPI_FAMILY != WINAPI_FAMILY_DESKTOP_APP)
-	dir->_h = FindFirstFileEx(path_buf, FindExInfoStandard, &dir->_f, FindExSearchNameMatch, NULL, 0);
-#else
-	dir->_h = FindFirstFile(path_buf, &dir->_f);
-#endif
-	if (dir->_h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
-	{
-		errno = ENOENT;
-#else
-	dir->_d = _tinydir_opendir(path);
-	if (dir->_d == NULL)
-	{
-#endif
-		goto bail;
-	}
-
-	/* read first file */
-	dir->has_next = 1;
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-#ifdef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
-	dir->_e = _tinydir_readdir(dir->_d);
-#else
-	/* allocate dirent buffer for readdir_r */
-	size = _tinydir_dirent_buf_size(dir->_d); /* conversion to int */
-	if (size == -1) return -1;
-	dir->_ep = (struct _tinydir_dirent*)_TINYDIR_MALLOC(size);
-	if (dir->_ep == NULL) return -1;
-
-	error = readdir_r(dir->_d, dir->_ep, &dir->_e);
-	if (error != 0) return -1;
-#endif
-	if (dir->_e == NULL)
-	{
-		dir->has_next = 0;
-	}
-#endif
-
-	return 0;
-
-bail:
-	tinydir_close(dir);
-	return -1;
-}
-
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-int tinydir_open_sorted(tinydir_dir *dir, const _tinydir_char_t *path)
-{
-	/* Count the number of files first, to pre-allocate the files array */
-	size_t n_files = 0;
-	if (tinydir_open(dir, path) == -1)
-	{
-		return -1;
-	}
-	while (dir->has_next)
-	{
-		n_files++;
-		if (tinydir_next(dir) == -1)
-		{
-			goto bail;
-		}
-	}
-	tinydir_close(dir);
-
-	if (tinydir_open(dir, path) == -1)
-	{
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	dir->n_files = 0;
-	dir->_files = (tinydir_file *)_TINYDIR_MALLOC(sizeof *dir->_files * n_files);
-	if (dir->_files == NULL)
-	{
-		goto bail;
-	}
-	while (dir->has_next)
-	{
-		tinydir_file *p_file;
-		dir->n_files++;
-
-		p_file = &dir->_files[dir->n_files - 1];
-		if (tinydir_readfile(dir, p_file) == -1)
-		{
-			goto bail;
-		}
-
-		if (tinydir_next(dir) == -1)
-		{
-			goto bail;
-		}
-
-		/* Just in case the number of files has changed between the first and
-		second reads, terminate without writing into unallocated memory */
-		if (dir->n_files == n_files)
-		{
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-
-	qsort(dir->_files, dir->n_files, sizeof(tinydir_file), _tinydir_file_cmp);
-
-	return 0;
-
-bail:
-	tinydir_close(dir);
-	return -1;
-}
-
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-void tinydir_close(tinydir_dir *dir)
-{
-	if (dir == NULL)
-	{
-		return;
-	}
-
-	memset(dir->path, 0, sizeof(dir->path));
-	dir->has_next = 0;
-	dir->n_files = 0;
-	_TINYDIR_FREE(dir->_files);
-	dir->_files = NULL;
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-	if (dir->_h != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
-	{
-		FindClose(dir->_h);
-	}
-	dir->_h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
-#else
-	if (dir->_d)
-	{
-		_tinydir_closedir(dir->_d);
-	}
-	dir->_d = NULL;
-	dir->_e = NULL;
-#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
-	_TINYDIR_FREE(dir->_ep);
-	dir->_ep = NULL;
-#endif
-#endif
-}
-
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-int tinydir_next(tinydir_dir *dir)
-{
-	if (dir == NULL)
-	{
-		errno = EINVAL;
-		return -1;
-	}
-	if (!dir->has_next)
-	{
-		errno = ENOENT;
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-	if (FindNextFile(dir->_h, &dir->_f) == 0)
-#else
-#ifdef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
-	dir->_e = _tinydir_readdir(dir->_d);
-#else
-	if (dir->_ep == NULL)
-	{
-		return -1;
-	}
-	if (readdir_r(dir->_d, dir->_ep, &dir->_e) != 0)
-	{
-		return -1;
-	}
-#endif
-	if (dir->_e == NULL)
-#endif
-	{
-		dir->has_next = 0;
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-		if (GetLastError() != ERROR_SUCCESS &&
-			GetLastError() != ERROR_NO_MORE_FILES)
-		{
-			tinydir_close(dir);
-			errno = EIO;
-			return -1;
-		}
-#endif
-	}
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-int tinydir_readfile(const tinydir_dir *dir, tinydir_file *file)
-{
-	if (dir == NULL || file == NULL)
-	{
-		errno = EINVAL;
-		return -1;
-	}
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-	if (dir->_h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
-#else
-	if (dir->_e == NULL)
-#endif
-	{
-		errno = ENOENT;
-		return -1;
-	}
-	if (_tinydir_strlen(dir->path) +
-		_tinydir_strlen(
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-			dir->_f.cFileName
-#else
-			dir->_e->d_name
-#endif
-		) + 1 + _TINYDIR_PATH_EXTRA >=
-		_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX)
-	{
-		/* the path for the file will be too long */
-		errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
-		return -1;
-	}
-	if (_tinydir_strlen(
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-			dir->_f.cFileName
-#else
-			dir->_e->d_name
-#endif
-		) >= _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX)
-	{
-		errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	_tinydir_strcpy(file->path, dir->path);
-	_tinydir_strcat(file->path, TINYDIR_STRING("/"));
-	_tinydir_strcpy(file->name,
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-		dir->_f.cFileName
-#else
-		dir->_e->d_name
-#endif
-	);
-	_tinydir_strcat(file->path, file->name);
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-#ifdef __MINGW32__
-	if (_tstat(
-#else
-	if (stat(
-#endif
-		file->path, &file->_s) == -1)
-	{
-		return -1;
-	}
-#endif
-	_tinydir_get_ext(file);
-
-	file->is_dir =
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-		!!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY);
-#else
-		S_ISDIR(file->_s.st_mode);
-#endif
-	file->is_reg =
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-		!!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL) ||
-		(
-			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DEVICE) &&
-			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) &&
-			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_ENCRYPTED) &&
-#ifdef FILE_ATTRIBUTE_INTEGRITY_STREAM
-			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_INTEGRITY_STREAM) &&
-#endif
-#ifdef FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NO_SCRUB_DATA
-			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NO_SCRUB_DATA) &&
-#endif
-			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_OFFLINE) &&
-			!(dir->_f.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY));
-#else
-		S_ISREG(file->_s.st_mode);
-#endif
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-int tinydir_readfile_n(const tinydir_dir *dir, tinydir_file *file, size_t i)
-{
-	if (dir == NULL || file == NULL)
-	{
-		errno = EINVAL;
-		return -1;
-	}
-	if (i >= dir->n_files)
-	{
-		errno = ENOENT;
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	memcpy(file, &dir->_files[i], sizeof(tinydir_file));
-	_tinydir_get_ext(file);
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-int tinydir_open_subdir_n(tinydir_dir *dir, size_t i)
-{
-	_tinydir_char_t path[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
-	if (dir == NULL)
-	{
-		errno = EINVAL;
-		return -1;
-	}
-	if (i >= dir->n_files || !dir->_files[i].is_dir)
-	{
-		errno = ENOENT;
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	_tinydir_strcpy(path, dir->_files[i].path);
-	tinydir_close(dir);
-	if (tinydir_open_sorted(dir, path) == -1)
-	{
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/* Open a single file given its path */
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-int tinydir_file_open(tinydir_file *file, const _tinydir_char_t *path)
-{
-	tinydir_dir dir;
-	int result = 0;
-	int found = 0;
-	_tinydir_char_t dir_name_buf[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
-	_tinydir_char_t file_name_buf[_TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX];
-	_tinydir_char_t *dir_name;
-	_tinydir_char_t *base_name;
-#if (defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__)
-	_tinydir_char_t drive_buf[_TINYDIR_PATH_MAX];
-	_tinydir_char_t ext_buf[_TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX];
-#endif
-
-	if (file == NULL || path == NULL || _tinydir_strlen(path) == 0)
-	{
-		errno = EINVAL;
-		return -1;
-	}
-	if (_tinydir_strlen(path) + _TINYDIR_PATH_EXTRA >= _TINYDIR_PATH_MAX)
-	{
-		errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	/* Get the parent path */
-#if (defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__)
-#if ((defined _MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1400))
-		_tsplitpath_s(
-			path,
-			drive_buf, _TINYDIR_DRIVE_MAX,
-			dir_name_buf, _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX,
-			file_name_buf, _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX,
-			ext_buf, _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX);
-#else
-		_tsplitpath(
-			path,
-			drive_buf,
-			dir_name_buf,
-			file_name_buf,
-			ext_buf);
-#endif
-
-/* _splitpath_s not work fine with only filename and widechar support */
-#ifdef _UNICODE
-		if (drive_buf[0] == L'\xFEFE')
-			drive_buf[0] = '\0';
-		if (dir_name_buf[0] == L'\xFEFE')
-			dir_name_buf[0] = '\0';
-#endif
-
-	if (errno)
-	{
-		errno = EINVAL;
-		return -1;
-	}
-	/* Emulate the behavior of dirname by returning "." for dir name if it's
-	empty */
-	if (drive_buf[0] == '\0' && dir_name_buf[0] == '\0')
-	{
-		_tinydir_strcpy(dir_name_buf, TINYDIR_STRING("."));
-	}
-	/* Concatenate the drive letter and dir name to form full dir name */
-	_tinydir_strcat(drive_buf, dir_name_buf);
-	dir_name = drive_buf;
-	/* Concatenate the file name and extension to form base name */
-	_tinydir_strcat(file_name_buf, ext_buf);
-	base_name = file_name_buf;
-#else
-	_tinydir_strcpy(dir_name_buf, path);
-	dir_name = dirname(dir_name_buf);
-	_tinydir_strcpy(file_name_buf, path);
-	base_name =basename(file_name_buf);
-#endif
-
-	/* Open the parent directory */
-	if (tinydir_open(&dir, dir_name) == -1)
-	{
-		return -1;
-	}
-
-	/* Read through the parent directory and look for the file */
-	while (dir.has_next)
-	{
-		if (tinydir_readfile(&dir, file) == -1)
-		{
-			result = -1;
-			goto bail;
-		}
-		if (_tinydir_strcmp(file->name, base_name) == 0)
-		{
-			/* File found */
-			found = 1;
-			break;
-		}
-		tinydir_next(&dir);
-	}
-	if (!found)
-	{
-		result = -1;
-		errno = ENOENT;
-	}
-
-bail:
-	tinydir_close(&dir);
-	return result;
-}
-
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-void _tinydir_get_ext(tinydir_file *file)
-{
-	_tinydir_char_t *period = _tinydir_strrchr(file->name, TINYDIR_STRING('.'));
-	if (period == NULL)
-	{
-		file->extension = &(file->name[_tinydir_strlen(file->name)]);
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		file->extension = period + 1;
-	}
-}
-
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-int _tinydir_file_cmp(const void *a, const void *b)
-{
-	const tinydir_file *fa = (const tinydir_file *)a;
-	const tinydir_file *fb = (const tinydir_file *)b;
-	if (fa->is_dir != fb->is_dir)
-	{
-		return -(fa->is_dir - fb->is_dir);
-	}
-	return _tinydir_strncmp(fa->name, fb->name, _TINYDIR_FILENAME_MAX);
-}
-
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-#ifndef _TINYDIR_USE_READDIR
-/*
-The following authored by Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
-from https://womble.decadent.org.uk/readdir_r-advisory.html
-*/
-/* Calculate the required buffer size (in bytes) for directory      *
-* entries read from the given directory handle.  Return -1 if this  *
-* this cannot be done.                                              *
-*                                                                   *
-* This code does not trust values of NAME_MAX that are less than    *
-* 255, since some systems (including at least HP-UX) incorrectly    *
-* define it to be a smaller value.                                  */
-_TINYDIR_FUNC
-size_t _tinydir_dirent_buf_size(_TINYDIR_DIR *dirp)
-{
-	long name_max;
-	size_t name_end;
-	/* parameter may be unused */
-	(void)dirp;
-
-#if defined _TINYDIR_USE_FPATHCONF
-	name_max = fpathconf(dirfd(dirp), _PC_NAME_MAX);
-	if (name_max == -1)
-#if defined(NAME_MAX)
-		name_max = (NAME_MAX > 255) ? NAME_MAX : 255;
-#else
-		return (size_t)(-1);
-#endif
-#elif defined(NAME_MAX)
- 	name_max = (NAME_MAX > 255) ? NAME_MAX : 255;
-#else
-#error "buffer size for readdir_r cannot be determined"
-#endif
-	name_end = (size_t)offsetof(struct _tinydir_dirent, d_name) + name_max + 1;
-	return (name_end > sizeof(struct _tinydir_dirent) ?
-		name_end : sizeof(struct _tinydir_dirent));
-}
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-# if defined (_MSC_VER)
-# pragma warning(pop)
-# endif
-
-#endif
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_GetReturnOptions, Tcl_SetReturnOptions, Tcl_AddErrorInfo, Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo, Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo, Tcl_SetObjErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorCodeVA, Tcl_SetErrorLine, Tcl_GetErrorLine, Tcl_PosixError, Tcl_LogCommandInfo \- retrieve or record information about errors and other return options
+Tcl_GetReturnOptions, Tcl_SetReturnOptions, Tcl_AddErrorInfo, Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo, Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo, Tcl_SetObjErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorLine, Tcl_GetErrorLine, Tcl_PosixError, Tcl_LogCommandInfo \- retrieve or record information about errors and other return options
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -30,8 +30,6 @@ int
 .sp
 \fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR(\fIinterp, element, element, ... \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
 .sp
-\fBTcl_SetErrorCodeVA\fR(\fIinterp, argList\fR)
-.sp
 \fBTcl_GetErrorLine\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
 .sp
 \fBTcl_SetErrorLine\fR(\fIinterp, lineNum\fR)
@@ -244,12 +242,6 @@ The procedure \fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR is also used to set the
 \fB\-errorcode\fR return option. However, it takes one or more strings to
 record instead of a value. Otherwise, it is similar to
 \fBTcl_SetObjErrorCode\fR in behavior.
-.PP
-\fBTcl_SetErrorCodeVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR except that
-instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument list.
-Interfaces using argument lists have been found to be nonportable in practice.
-This function is deprecated and will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
-
 .PP
 The procedure \fBTcl_GetErrorLine\fR is used to read the integer value
 of the \fB\-errorline\fR return option without the overhead of a full
@@ -30,8 +30,7 @@ or \fBTCL_RETURN\fR, then Tcl normally converts this into a \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
 return with an appropriate message.  The particular script
 evaluation procedures of Tcl that act in the manner are
 \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR, \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR, \fBTcl_Eval\fR, \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR,
-\fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR, \fBTcl_GlobalEvalObj\fR, \fBTcl_VarEval\fR and
-\fBTcl_VarEvalVA\fR.
+\fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR, \fBTcl_GlobalEvalObj\fR and \fBTcl_VarEval\fR.
 .PP
 However, if \fBTcl_AllowExceptions\fR is invoked immediately before
 calling one of those a procedures, then arbitrary completion
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-'\"
-'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
-'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
-'\"
-'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
-'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
-'\"
-.TH Tcl_Backslash 3 "8.1" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
-.so man.macros
-.BS
-.SH NAME
-Tcl_Backslash \- parse a backslash sequence
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
-.sp
-char
-\fBTcl_Backslash\fR(\fIsrc, countPtr\fR)
-.SH ARGUMENTS
-.AS char *countPtr out
-.AP char *src in
-Pointer to a string starting with a backslash.
-.AP int *countPtr out
-If \fIcountPtr\fR is not NULL, \fI*countPtr\fR gets filled
-in with number of characters in the backslash sequence, including
-the backslash character.
-.BE
-
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.PP
-The use of \fBTcl_Backslash\fR is deprecated in favor of
-\fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR.
-.PP
-This is a utility procedure provided for backwards compatibility with
-non-internationalized Tcl extensions.  It parses a backslash sequence and
-returns the low byte of the Unicode character corresponding to the sequence.
-\fBTcl_Backslash\fR modifies \fI*countPtr\fR to contain the number of
-characters in the backslash sequence.
-.PP
-See the Tcl manual entry for information on the valid backslash sequences.
-All of the sequences described in the Tcl manual entry are supported by
-\fBTcl_Backslash\fR.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-Tcl(n), Tcl_UtfBackslash(3)
-
-.SH KEYWORDS
-backslash, parse
@@ -79,9 +79,7 @@ The number of elements in the \fIobjv\fR array.
 The arguments to the command to create the instance of the class.
 .AP int skip in
 The number of arguments at the start of the argument array, \fIobjv\fR, that
-are not arguments to any constructors. This allows the generation of correct
-error messages even when complicated calling patterns are used (e.g., via the
-\fBnext\fR command).
+are not arguments to any constructors.
 .AP Tcl_ObjectMetadataType *metaTypePtr in
 The type of \fImetadata\fR being set with \fBTcl_ClassSetMetadata\fR or
 retrieved with \fBTcl_ClassGetMetadata\fR.
@@ -111,9 +109,7 @@ may be retrieved using the \fBTcl_GetObjectCommand\fR function, the name of
 the object (and hence the name of the command) with \fBTcl_GetObjectName\fR,
 and the namespace may be retrieved using the \fBTcl_GetObjectNamespace\fR
 function. Note that the Tcl_Obj reference returned by \fBTcl_GetObjectName\fR
-is a shared reference. You can also get whether the object has been marked for
-deletion with \fBTcl_ObjectDeleted\fR (it returns true if deletion of the
-object has begun); this can be useful during the processing of methods.
+is a shared reference.
 .PP
 Instances of classes are created using \fBTcl_NewObjectInstance\fR, which
 creates an object from any class (and which is internally called by both
@@ -125,16 +121,6 @@ created object, or NULL if the creation failed (when an error message will be
 left in the interpreter result). In addition, objects may be copied by using
 \fBTcl_CopyObjectInstance\fR which creates a copy of an object without running
 any constructors.
-.PP
-Note that the lifetime management of objects is handled internally within
-TclOO, and does not use \fBTcl_Preserve\fR. \fIIt is not safe to put a
-Tcl_Object handle in a C structure with a lifespan different to the object;\fR
-you should use the object's command name (as retrieved with
-\fBTcl_GetObjectName\fR) instead. It is safe to use a Tcl_Object handle for
-the lifespan of a call of a method on that object; handles do not become
-invalid while there is an outstanding call on their object (even if the only
-operation guaranteed to be safe on them is \fBTcl_ObjectDeleted\fR; the other
-operations are only guaranteed to work on non-deleted objects).
 .SH "OBJECT AND CLASS METADATA"
 .PP
 Every object and every class may have arbitrary amounts of metadata attached
@@ -648,8 +648,8 @@ It should call \fBTcl_BadChannelOption\fR which itself returns
 unrecognized.
 If \fInewValue\fR specifies a value for the option that
 is not supported or if a system call error occurs,
-the function should leave an error message in the result
-of \fIinterp\fR if \fIinterp\fR is not NULL. The
+the function should leave an error message in the
+\fIresult\fR field of \fIinterp\fR if \fIinterp\fR is not NULL. The
 function should also call \fBTcl_SetErrno\fR to store an appropriate POSIX
 error code.
 .PP
@@ -22,8 +22,10 @@ Tcl_Interp *
 int
 \fBTcl_InterpDeleted\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
 .sp
+.VS 8.6
 int
 \fBTcl_InterpActive\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
+.VE 8.6
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_Interp *interp
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
@@ -68,12 +70,14 @@ deleted and when the whole interpreter is being deleted. In the former case
 the callback may recreate the data being deleted, but this would lead to an
 infinite loop if the interpreter were being deleted.
 .PP
+.VS 8.6
 \fBTcl_InterpActive\fR is useful for determining whether there is any
 execution of scripts ongoing in an interpreter, which is a useful piece of
 information when Tcl is embedded in a garbage-collected environment and it
 becomes necessary to determine whether the interpreter is a candidate for
 deletion. The function returns a true value if the interpreter has at least
 one active execution running inside it, and a false value otherwise.
+.VE 8.6
 .SH "INTERPRETERS AND MEMORY MANAGEMENT"
 .PP
 \fBTcl_DeleteInterp\fR can be called at any time on an interpreter that may
@@ -134,10 +138,12 @@ All uses of interpreters in Tcl and Tk have already been protected.
 Extension writers should ensure that their code also properly protects any
 additional interpreters used, as described above.
 .PP
+.VS 8.6
 Note that the protection mechanisms do not work well with conventional garbage
 collection systems. When in such a managed environment, \fBTcl_InterpActive\fR
 should be used to determine when an interpreter is a candidate for deletion
 due to inactivity.
+.VE 8.6
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 Tcl_Preserve(3), Tcl_Release(3)
 .SH KEYWORDS
@@ -1,162 +0,0 @@
-'\"
-'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
-'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
-'\"
-'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
-'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
-'\"
-.TH Tcl_CreateMathFunc 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
-.so man.macros
-.BS
-.SH NAME
-Tcl_CreateMathFunc, Tcl_GetMathFuncInfo, Tcl_ListMathFuncs \- Define, query and enumerate math functions for expressions
-.SH "NOTICE OF EVENTUAL DEPRECATION"
-.PP
-The \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR and \fBTcl_GetMathFuncInfo\fR functions
-are rendered somewhat obsolete by the ability to create functions for
-expressions by placing commands in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace,
-as described in the \fBmathfunc\fR manual page; the API described on
-this page is not expected to be maintained indefinitely.
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
-.sp
-void
-\fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR(\fIinterp, name, numArgs, argTypes, proc, clientData\fR)
-.sp
-int
-\fBTcl_GetMathFuncInfo\fR(\fIinterp, name, numArgsPtr, argTypesPtr, procPtr,
-                    clientDataPtr\fR)
-.sp
-Tcl_Obj *
-\fBTcl_ListMathFuncs\fR(\fIinterp, pattern\fR)
-.SH ARGUMENTS
-.AS Tcl_ValueType *clientDataPtr out
-.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
-Interpreter in which new function will be defined.
-.AP "const char" *name in
-Name for new function.
-.AP int numArgs in
-Number of arguments to new function;  also gives size of \fIargTypes\fR array.
-.AP Tcl_ValueType *argTypes in
-Points to an array giving the permissible types for each argument to
-function.
-.AP Tcl_MathProc *proc in
-Procedure that implements the function.
-.AP ClientData clientData in
-Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR when it is invoked.
-.AP int *numArgsPtr out
-Points to a variable that will be set to contain the number of
-arguments to the function.
-.AP Tcl_ValueType **argTypesPtr out
-Points to a variable that will be set to contain a pointer to an array
-giving the permissible types for each argument to the function which
-will need to be freed up using \fITcl_Free\fR.
-.AP Tcl_MathProc **procPtr out
-Points to a variable that will be set to contain a pointer to the
-implementation code for the function (or NULL if the function is
-implemented directly in bytecode).
-.AP ClientData *clientDataPtr out
-Points to a variable that will be set to contain the clientData
-argument passed to \fITcl_CreateMathFunc\fR when the function was
-created if the function is not implemented directly in bytecode.
-.AP "const char" *pattern in
-Pattern to match against function names so as to filter them (by
-passing to \fITcl_StringMatch\fR), or NULL to not apply any filter.
-.BE
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.PP
-Tcl allows a number of mathematical functions to be used in
-expressions, such as \fBsin\fR, \fBcos\fR, and \fBhypot\fR.
-These functions are represented by commands in the namespace,
-\fBtcl::mathfunc\fR.  The \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR function is
-an obsolete way for applications to add additional functions
-to those already provided by Tcl or to replace existing functions.
-It should not be used by new applications, which should create
-math functions using \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR to create a command
-in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace.
-.PP
-In the \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR interface,
-\fIName\fR is the name of the function as it will appear in expressions.
-If \fIname\fR does not already exist in the \fB::tcl::mathfunc\fR
-namespace, then a new command is created in that namespace.
-If \fIname\fR does exist, then the existing function is replaced.
-\fINumArgs\fR and \fIargTypes\fR describe the arguments to the function.
-Each entry in the \fIargTypes\fR array must be
-one of \fBTCL_INT\fR, \fBTCL_DOUBLE\fR, \fBTCL_WIDE_INT\fR,
-or \fBTCL_EITHER\fR to indicate whether the corresponding argument must be an
-integer, a double-precision floating value, a wide (64-bit) integer,
-or any, respectively.
-.PP
-Whenever the function is invoked in an expression Tcl will invoke
-\fIproc\fR.  \fIProc\fR should have arguments and result that match
-the type \fBTcl_MathProc\fR:
-.PP
-.CS
-typedef int \fBTcl_MathProc\fR(
-        ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
-        Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
-        Tcl_Value *\fIargs\fR,
-        Tcl_Value *\fIresultPtr\fR);
-.CE
-.PP
-When \fIproc\fR is invoked the \fIclientData\fR and \fIinterp\fR
-arguments will be the same as those passed to \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR.
-\fIArgs\fR will point to an array of \fInumArgs\fR Tcl_Value structures,
-which describe the actual arguments to the function:
-.PP
-.CS
-typedef struct Tcl_Value {
-    Tcl_ValueType \fItype\fR;
-    long \fIintValue\fR;
-    double \fIdoubleValue\fR;
-    Tcl_WideInt \fIwideValue\fR;
-} \fBTcl_Value\fR;
-.CE
-.PP
-The \fItype\fR field indicates the type of the argument and is
-one of \fBTCL_INT\fR, \fBTCL_DOUBLE\fR or \fBTCL_WIDE_INT\fR.
-It will match the \fIargTypes\fR value specified for the function unless
-the \fIargTypes\fR value was \fBTCL_EITHER\fR. Tcl converts
-the argument supplied in the expression to the type requested in
-\fIargTypes\fR, if that is necessary.
-Depending on the value of the \fItype\fR field, the \fIintValue\fR,
-\fIdoubleValue\fR or \fIwideValue\fR
-field will contain the actual value of the argument.
-.PP
-\fIProc\fR should compute its result and store it either as an integer
-in \fIresultPtr->intValue\fR or as a floating value in
-\fIresultPtr->doubleValue\fR.
-It should set also \fIresultPtr->type\fR to one of
-\fBTCL_INT\fR, \fBTCL_DOUBLE\fR or \fBTCL_WIDE_INT\fR
-to indicate which value was set.
-Under normal circumstances \fIproc\fR should return \fBTCL_OK\fR.
-If an error occurs while executing the function, \fIproc\fR should
-return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leave an error message in the interpreter's result.
-.PP
-\fBTcl_GetMathFuncInfo\fR retrieves the values associated with
-function \fIname\fR that were passed to a preceding
-\fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR call.  Normally, the return code is
-\fBTCL_OK\fR but if the named function does not exist, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
-is returned and an error message is placed in the interpreter's
-result.
-.PP
-If an error did not occur, the array reference placed in the variable
-pointed to by \fIargTypesPtr\fR is newly allocated, and should be
-released by passing it to \fBTcl_Free\fR.  Some functions (the
-standard set implemented in the core, and those defined by placing
-commands in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace) do not have
-argument type information; attempting to retrieve values for
-them causes a NULL to be stored in the variable pointed to by
-\fIprocPtr\fR and the variable pointed to by \fIclientDataPtr\fR
-will not be modified.  The variable pointed to by \fInumArgsPointer\fR
-will contain -1, and no argument types will be stored in the variable
-pointed to by \fIargTypesPointer\fR.
-.PP
-\fBTcl_ListMathFuncs\fR returns a Tcl value containing a list of all
-the math functions defined in the interpreter whose name matches
-\fIpattern\fR.  The returned value has a reference count of zero.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-expr(n), info(n), Tcl_CreateObjCommand(3), Tcl_Free(3), Tcl_NewListObj(3)
-.SH KEYWORDS
-expression, mathematical function
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_CreateObjCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandInfo, Tcl_GetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_SetCommandInfo, Tcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandName, Tcl_GetCommandFullName, Tcl_GetCommandFromObj, Tcl_RegisterCommandTypeName, Tcl_GetCommandTypeName \- implement new commands in C
+Tcl_CreateObjCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandInfo, Tcl_GetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_SetCommandInfo, Tcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandName, Tcl_GetCommandFullName, Tcl_GetCommandFromObj \- implement new commands in C
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -42,14 +42,6 @@ void
 .sp
 Tcl_Command
 \fBTcl_GetCommandFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr\fR)
-.sp
-.VS "info cmdtype feature"
-void
-\fBTcl_RegisterCommandTypeName\fR(\fIproc, typeName\fR)
-.sp
-const char *
-\fBTcl_GetCommandTypeName\fR(\fItoken\fR)
-.VE "info cmdtype feature"
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in/out
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
@@ -73,9 +65,6 @@ Pointer to structure containing various information about a
 Tcl command.
 .AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in
 Value containing the name of a Tcl command.
-.AP "const char" *typeName in
-Indicates the name of the type of command implementation associated
-with a particular \fIproc\fR, or NULL to break the association.
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
@@ -307,22 +296,6 @@ is appended to the value specified by \fIobjPtr\fR.
 specified by the name in a \fBTcl_Obj\fR.
 The command name is resolved relative to the current namespace.
 Returns NULL if the command is not found.
-.PP
-.VS "info cmdtype feature"
-\fBTcl_RegisterCommandTypeName\fR is used to associate a name (the
-\fItypeName\fR argument) with a particular implementation function so that it
-can then be looked up with \fBTcl_GetCommandTypeName\fR, which in turn is
-called with a command token that information is wanted for and which returns
-the name of the type that was registered for the implementation function used
-for that command. (The lookup functionality is surfaced virtually directly in Tcl via
-\fBinfo cmdtype\fR.) If there is no function registered for a particular
-function, the result will be the string literal
-.QW \fBnative\fR .
-The registration of a name can be undone by registering a mapping to NULL
-instead. The result from \fBTcl_GetCommandTypeName\fR will be exactly that
-string which was registered, and not a copy; use of a compile-time constant
-string is \fIstrongly recommended\fR.
-.VE "info cmdtype feature"
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 Tcl_CreateCommand(3), Tcl_ResetResult(3), Tcl_SetObjResult(3)
 .SH KEYWORDS
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ in a hierarchical relationship, and the management of aliases, commands
 that when invoked in one interpreter execute a command in another
 interpreter. The return value for those procedures that return an \fBint\fR
 is either \fBTCL_OK\fR or \fBTCL_ERROR\fR. If \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned
-then the interpreter's result contains an error message.
+then the \fBresult\fR field of the interpreter contains an error message.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_CreateSlave\fR creates a new interpreter as a slave of \fIinterp\fR.
 It also creates a slave command named \fIslaveName\fR in \fIinterp\fR which
@@ -158,12 +158,12 @@ If no such slave interpreter exists, \fBNULL\fR is returned.
 \fIinterp\fR. If \fIinterp\fR has no master (it is a
 top-level interpreter) then \fBNULL\fR is returned.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_GetInterpPath\fR stores in the result of \fIaskingInterp\fR
-the relative path between \fIaskingInterp\fR and \fIslaveInterp\fR;
+\fBTcl_GetInterpPath\fR sets the \fIresult\fR field in \fIaskingInterp\fR
+to the relative path between \fIaskingInterp\fR and \fIslaveInterp\fR;
 \fIslaveInterp\fR must be a slave of \fIaskingInterp\fR. If the computation
 of the relative path succeeds, \fBTCL_OK\fR is returned, else
-\fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and an error message is stored as the
-result of \fIaskingInterp\fR.
+\fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and the \fIresult\fR field in
+\fIaskingInterp\fR contains the error message.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_CreateAlias\fR creates a command named \fIslaveCmd\fR in
 \fIslaveInterp\fR that when invoked, will cause the command \fItargetCmd\fR
@@ -198,33 +198,33 @@ the set of hidden commands to the set of exposed commands, putting
 it under the name
 \fIcmdName\fR.
 \fIHiddenCmdName\fR must be the name of an existing hidden
-command, or the operation will return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and
-leave an error message as the result of \fIinterp\fR.
+command, or the operation will return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leave an error
+message in the \fIresult\fR field in \fIinterp\fR.
 If an exposed command named \fIcmdName\fR already exists,
-the operation returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leaves an error message as
-the result of \fIinterp\fR.
+the operation returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leaves an error message in the
+value result of \fIinterp\fR.
 If the operation succeeds, it returns \fBTCL_OK\fR.
-After executing this command, attempts to use \fIcmdName\fR in any
-script evaluation mechanism will again succeed.
+After executing this command, attempts to use \fIcmdName\fR in a call to
+\fBTcl_Eval\fR or with the Tcl \fBeval\fR command will again succeed.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_HideCommand\fR moves the command named \fIcmdName\fR from the set of
 exposed commands to the set of hidden commands, under the name
 \fIhiddenCmdName\fR.
 \fICmdName\fR must be the name of an existing exposed
 command, or the operation will return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leave an error
-message as the result of \fIinterp\fR.
+message in the value result of \fIinterp\fR.
 Currently both \fIcmdName\fR and \fIhiddenCmdName\fR must not contain
 namespace qualifiers, or the operation will return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and
-leave an error message as the result of \fIinterp\fR.
+leave an error message in the value result of \fIinterp\fR.
 The \fICmdName\fR will be looked up in the global namespace, and not
 relative to the current namespace, even if the current namespace is not the
 global one.
 If a hidden command whose name is \fIhiddenCmdName\fR already
-exists, the operation also returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and an error
-message is left as the result of \fIinterp\fR.
+exists, the operation also returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and the \fIresult\fR
+field in \fIinterp\fR contains an error message.
 If the operation succeeds, it returns \fBTCL_OK\fR.
-After executing this command, attempts to use \fIcmdName\fR in
-any script evaluation mechanism will fail.
+After executing this command, attempts to use \fIcmdName\fR in a call to
+\fBTcl_Eval\fR or with the Tcl \fBeval\fR command will fail.
 .PP
 For a description of the Tcl interface to multiple interpreters, see
 \fIinterp(n)\fR.
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_DStringInit, Tcl_DStringAppend, Tcl_DStringAppendElement, Tcl_DStringStartSublist, Tcl_DStringEndSublist, Tcl_DStringLength, Tcl_DStringValue, Tcl_DStringSetLength, Tcl_DStringTrunc, Tcl_DStringFree, Tcl_DStringResult, Tcl_DStringGetResult \- manipulate dynamic strings
+Tcl_DStringInit, Tcl_DStringAppend, Tcl_DStringAppendElement, Tcl_DStringStartSublist, Tcl_DStringEndSublist, Tcl_DStringLength, Tcl_DStringValue, Tcl_DStringSetLength, Tcl_DStringFree, Tcl_DStringResult, Tcl_DStringGetResult \- manipulate dynamic strings
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -34,8 +34,6 @@ char *
 .sp
 \fBTcl_DStringSetLength\fR(\fIdsPtr, newLength\fR)
 .sp
-\fBTcl_DStringTrunc\fR(\fIdsPtr, newLength\fR)
-.sp
 \fBTcl_DStringFree\fR(\fIdsPtr\fR)
 .sp
 \fBTcl_DStringResult\fR(\fIinterp, dsPtr\fR)
@@ -128,10 +126,6 @@ caller to fill in the new space.
 even if the string is truncated to zero length, so \fBTcl_DStringFree\fR
 will still need to be called.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_DStringTrunc\fR changes the length of a dynamic string.
-This procedure is now deprecated.  \fBTcl_DStringSetLength\fR  should
-be used instead.
-.PP
 \fBTcl_DStringFree\fR should be called when you are finished using
 the string.  It frees up any memory that was allocated for the string
 and reinitializes the string's value to an empty string.
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_GetEncoding, Tcl_FreeEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingFromObj, Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString, Tcl_ExternalToUtf, Tcl_UtfToExternalDString, Tcl_UtfToExternal, Tcl_GetEncodingName, Tcl_SetSystemEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingNameFromEnvironment, Tcl_GetEncodingNames, Tcl_CreateEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingSearchPath, Tcl_SetEncodingSearchPath, Tcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir, Tcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir \- procedures for creating and using encodings
+Tcl_GetEncoding, Tcl_FreeEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingFromObj, Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString, Tcl_ExternalToUtf, Tcl_UtfToExternalDString, Tcl_UtfToExternal, Tcl_WinTCharToUtf, Tcl_WinUtfToTChar, Tcl_GetEncodingName, Tcl_SetSystemEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingNameFromEnvironment, Tcl_GetEncodingNames, Tcl_CreateEncoding, Tcl_GetEncodingSearchPath, Tcl_SetEncodingSearchPath \- procedures for creating and using encodings
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -62,12 +62,6 @@ Tcl_Obj *
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_SetEncodingSearchPath\fR(\fIsearchPath\fR)
-.sp
-const char *
-\fBTcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir\fR(\fIvoid\fR)
-.sp
-void
-\fBTcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir\fR(\fIpath\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS "const Tcl_EncodingType" *dstWrotePtr in/out
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
@@ -255,17 +249,11 @@ is filled with the corresponding number of bytes that were stored in
 \fIdst\fR.  The return values are the same as the return values for
 \fBTcl_ExternalToUtf\fR.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_WinUtfToTChar\fR and \fBTcl_WinTCharToUtf\fR are Windows-only
-convenience functions for converting between UTF-8 and Windows strings
-based on the TCHAR type which is by convention a Unicode character on
-Windows NT. Those functions are deprecated. You can use
-\fBTcl_UtfToWCharDString\fR resp. \fBTcl_WCharToUtfDString\fR as replacement.
-If you want compatibility with earlier Tcl releases than 8.7, use
-\fBTcl_UtfToUniCharDString\fR resp. \fBTcl_UniCharToUtfDString\fR as
-replacement, and make sure you compile your extension with -DTCL_UTF_MAX=3.
-Beware: Those replacement functions don't initialize their Tcl_DString (you'll
-have to do that yourself), and \fBTcl_UniCharToUtfDString\fR from Tcl 8.6
-doesn't accept -1 as length parameter.
+\fBTcl_WinUtfToTChar\fR and \fBTcl_WinTCharToUtf\fR are
+Windows-only convenience
+functions for converting between UTF-8 and Windows strings
+based on the TCHAR type which is by convention
+a Unicode character on Windows NT.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_GetEncodingName\fR is roughly the inverse of \fBTcl_GetEncoding\fR.
 Given an \fIencoding\fR, the return value is the \fIname\fR argument that
@@ -293,7 +281,7 @@ the encoding name to it.  The \fBTcl_DStringValue\fR is returned.
 \fBTcl_GetEncodingNames\fR sets the \fIinterp\fR result to a list
 consisting of the names of all the encodings that are currently defined
 or can be dynamically loaded, searching the encoding path specified by
-\fBTcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir\fR.  This procedure does not ensure that the
+\fBTcl_SetEncodingSearchPath\fR.  This procedure does not ensure that the
 dynamically-loadable encoding files contain valid data, but merely that they
 exist.
 .PP
@@ -408,15 +396,6 @@ are not verified as existing readable filesystem directories.  When
 searching for encoding data files takes place, and non-existent or
 non-readable filesystem directories on the \fIsearchPath\fR are silently
 ignored.
-.PP
-\fBTcl_GetDefaultEncodingDir\fR and \fBTcl_SetDefaultEncodingDir\fR
-are obsolete interfaces best replaced with calls to
-\fBTcl_GetEncodingSearchPath\fR and \fBTcl_SetEncodingSearchPath\fR.
-They are called to access and set the first element of the \fIsearchPath\fR
-list.  Since Tcl searches \fIsearchPath\fR for encoding data files in
-list order, these routines establish the
-.QW default
-directory in which to find encoding data files.
 .SH "ENCODING FILES"
 Space would prohibit precompiling into Tcl every possible encoding
 algorithm, so many encodings are stored on disk as dynamically-loadable
@@ -36,11 +36,13 @@ int
 int
 \fBTcl_SetEnsembleMappingDict\fR(\fIinterp, token, dictObj\fR)
 .sp
+.VS 8.6
 int
 \fBTcl_GetEnsembleParameterList\fR(\fIinterp, token, listObjPtr\fR)
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_SetEnsembleParameterList\fR(\fIinterp, token, listObj\fR)
+.VE 8.6
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_GetEnsembleSubcommandList\fR(\fIinterp, token, listObjPtr\fR)
@@ -161,6 +163,7 @@ All command names in prefixes set via \fBTcl_SetEnsembleMappingDict\fR
 must be fully qualified.
 .TP
 \fBformal pre-subcommand parameter list\fR (read-write)
+.VS 8.6
 A list of formal parameter names (the names only being used when generating
 error messages) that come at invocation of the ensemble between the name of
 the ensemble and the subcommand argument. NULL (the default) is equivalent to
@@ -171,6 +174,7 @@ respectively. The result of both of those functions is a Tcl result code
 ensemble) and the
 dictionary obtained from \fBTcl_GetEnsembleParameterList\fR should always be
 treated as immutable even if it is unshared.
+.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBsubcommand list\fR (read-write)
 .
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_EvalObjEx, Tcl_EvalFile, Tcl_EvalObjv, Tcl_Eval, Tcl_EvalEx, Tcl_GlobalEval, Tcl_GlobalEvalObj, Tcl_VarEval, Tcl_VarEvalVA \- execute Tcl scripts
+Tcl_EvalObjEx, Tcl_EvalFile, Tcl_EvalObjv, Tcl_Eval, Tcl_EvalEx, Tcl_GlobalEval, Tcl_GlobalEvalObj, Tcl_VarEval \- execute Tcl scripts
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -38,9 +38,6 @@ int
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_VarEval\fR(\fIinterp, part, part, ... \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
-.sp
-int
-\fBTcl_VarEvalVA\fR(\fIinterp, argList\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_Interp **termPtr
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
@@ -67,9 +64,6 @@ first null byte are used.
 Points to first byte of script to execute (null-terminated and UTF-8).
 .AP char *part in
 String forming part of a Tcl script.
-.AP va_list argList in
-An argument list which must have been initialized using
-\fBva_start\fR, and cleared using \fBva_end\fR.
 .BE

 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -128,16 +122,10 @@ might be a UTF-8 special code.  The string is parsed and executed directly
 bytecodes.  In situations where it is known that the script will never be
 executed again, \fBTcl_Eval\fR may be faster than \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
 \fBTcl_Eval\fR returns a completion code and result just like
-\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.  Note: for backward compatibility with versions before
-Tcl 8.0, \fBTcl_Eval\fR copies the value result in \fIinterp\fR to
-\fIinterp->result\fR (use is deprecated) where it can be accessed directly.
- This makes \fBTcl_Eval\fR somewhat slower than \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR, which
-does not do the copy.
+\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR is an extended version of \fBTcl_Eval\fR that takes
-additional arguments \fInumBytes\fR and \fIflags\fR.  For the
-efficiency reason given above, \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR is generally preferred
-over \fBTcl_Eval\fR.
+additional arguments \fInumBytes\fR and \fIflags\fR.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR and \fBTcl_GlobalEvalObj\fR are older procedures
 that are now deprecated.  They are similar to \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR and
@@ -150,14 +138,9 @@ equivalent to using the \fBTCL_EVAL_GLOBAL\fR flag (see below).
 of any length, concatenates them into a single string,
 then calls \fBTcl_Eval\fR to execute that string as a Tcl command.
 It returns the result of the command and also modifies
-the interpreter result in the same way as \fBTcl_Eval\fR.
+\fIinterp->result\fR in the same way as \fBTcl_Eval\fR.
 The last argument to \fBTcl_VarEval\fR must be NULL to indicate the end
 of arguments.  \fBTcl_VarEval\fR is now deprecated.
-.PP
-\fBTcl_VarEvalVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_VarEval\fR except that
-instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument
-list. Interfaces using argument lists have been found to be nonportable
-in practice. This function is deprecated and will be removed in Tcl 9.0.

 .SH "FLAG BITS"
 .PP
@@ -134,9 +134,6 @@ finalization of Tcl's subsystems via \fBTcl_Finalize\fR at an
 appropriate time.  The argument passed to \fIproc\fR when it is
 invoked will be the exit status code (as passed to \fBTcl_Exit\fR)
 cast to a ClientData value.
-.PP
-\fBTcl_SetExitProc\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions. Its symbol
-entry in the stub table is deprecated and it will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 exit(n)
 .SH KEYWORDS
@@ -63,8 +63,10 @@ int
 \fBTcl_FSLoadFile\fR(\fIinterp, pathPtr, sym1, sym2, proc1Ptr, proc2Ptr,
               loadHandlePtr, unloadProcPtr\fR)
 .sp
+.VS 8.6
 int
 \fBTcl_FSUnloadFile\fR(\fIinterp, loadHandle\fR)
+.VE 8.6
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_FSMatchInDirectory\fR(\fIinterp, resultPtr, pathPtr, pattern, types\fR)
@@ -144,6 +146,7 @@ Tcl_Obj *
 Tcl_StatBuf *
 \fBTcl_AllocStatBuf\fR()
 .sp
+.VS 8.6
 Tcl_WideInt
 \fBTcl_GetAccessTimeFromStat\fR(\fIstatPtr\fR)
 .sp
@@ -182,6 +185,7 @@ Tcl_WideUInt
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_GetUserIdFromStat\fR(\fIstatPtr\fR)
+.VE 8.6
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_GlobTypeData **srcPathPtr out
 .AP "const Tcl_Filesystem" *fsPtr in
@@ -440,16 +444,20 @@ belongs will be called. If that filesystem does not implement this
 function (most virtual filesystems will not, because of OS limitations
 in dynamically loading binary code), Tcl will attempt to copy the file
 to a temporary directory and load that temporary file.
+.VS 8.6
 \fBTcl_FSUnloadFile\fR reverses the operation, asking for the library
 indicated by the \fIloadHandle\fR to be removed from the process. Note that,
 unlike with the \fBunload\fR command, this does not give the library any
 opportunity to clean up.
+.VE 8.6
 .PP
 Both the above functions return a standard Tcl completion code. If an error
 occurs, an error message is left in the \fIinterp\fR's result.
 .PP
+.VS 8.6
 The token provided via the variable indicated by \fIloadHandlePtr\fR may be
 used with \fBTcl_FindSymbol\fR.
+.VE 8.6
 .PP
 \fBTcl_FSMatchInDirectory\fR is used by the globbing code to search a
 directory for all files which match a given pattern. The appropriate
@@ -787,6 +795,7 @@ may be deallocated by being passed to \fBckfree\fR). This allows extensions to
 invoke \fBTcl_FSStat\fR and \fBTcl_FSLstat\fR without being dependent on the
 size of the buffer. That in turn depends on the flags used to build Tcl.
 .PP
+.VS 8.6
 The portable fields of a \fITcl_StatBuf\fR may be read using the following
 functions, each of which returns the value of the corresponding field listed
 in the table below. Note that on some platforms there may be other fields in
@@ -810,6 +819,7 @@ for a full description of these fields.
 \fBTcl_GetBlocksFromStat\fR	 st_blocks
 \fBTcl_GetBlockSizeFromStat\fR	 st_blksize
 .DE
+.VE 8.6
 .SH "THE VIRTUAL FILESYSTEM API"
 .PP
 A filesystem provides a \fBTcl_Filesystem\fR structure that contains
@@ -58,8 +58,6 @@ internal full path name of the executable file as computed by
 equivalent to the \fBinfo nameofexecutable\fR command.  NULL
 is returned if the internal full path name has not been
 computed or unknown.
-.PP
-\fBTcl_FindExecutable\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions. Its symbol
-entry in the stub table is deprecated and it will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
+
 .SH KEYWORDS
 binary, executable file
@@ -64,12 +64,9 @@ if the first such characters are
 then \fIsrc\fR is expected to be in octal form;  otherwise,
 if the first such characters are
 .QW \fB0b\fR
-then \fIsrc\fR is expected to be in binary form;  otherwise,
-if the first such character is
-.QW \fB0\fR
 then \fIsrc\fR
-is expected to be in octal form;  otherwise, \fIsrc\fR
-is expected to be in decimal form.
+is expected to be in binary form;  otherwise, \fIsrc\fR is
+expected to be in decimal form.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_GetDouble\fR expects \fIsrc\fR to consist of a floating-point
 number, which is:  white space;  a sign; a sequence of digits;  a
@@ -63,9 +63,9 @@ Define the \fBUSE_TCL_STUBS\fR symbol.  Typically, you would include the
 \fB\-DUSE_TCL_STUBS\fR flag when compiling the extension.
 .IP 3) 5
 Link the extension with the Tcl stubs library instead of the standard
-Tcl library.  For example, to use the Tcl 8.6 ABI on Unix platforms,
-the library name is \fIlibtclstub8.6.a\fR; on Windows platforms, the
-library name is \fItclstub86.lib\fR.
+Tcl library.  For example, to use the Tcl 9.0 ABI on Unix platforms,
+the library name is \fIlibtclstub9.0.a\fR; on Windows platforms, the
+library name is \fItclstub90.lib\fR.
 .PP
 If the extension also requires the Tk API, it must also call
 \fBTk_InitStubs\fR to initialize the Tk stubs interface and link
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-'\"
-'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Tcl Core Team
-'\"
-'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
-'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
-'\"
-.so man.macros
-.TH Tcl_InitSubsystems 3 8.7 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
-.BS
-.SH NAME
-Tcl_InitSubsystems \- initialize the Tcl library.
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
-.sp
-void
-\fBTcl_InitSubsystems\fR(\fIvoid\fR)
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.PP
-The \fBTcl_InitSubsystems\fR procedure initializes the Tcl
-library. This procedure is typically invoked as the very
-first thing in the application's main program.
-.PP
-\fBTcl_InitSubsystems\fR is very similar in use to
-\fBTcl_FindExecutable\fR. It can be used when Tcl is
-used as utility library, no other encodings than utf8,
-iso8859-1 or unicode are used, and no interest exists in the
-value of \fBinfo nameofexecutable\fR. The system encoding will not
-be extracted from the environment, but falls back to iso8859-1.
-.SH KEYWORDS
-binary, executable file
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_NewIntObj, Tcl_NewLongObj, Tcl_NewWideIntObj, Tcl_SetIntObj, Tcl_SetLongObj, Tcl_SetWideIntObj, Tcl_GetIntFromObj, Tcl_GetIntForIndex, Tcl_GetLongFromObj, Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj, Tcl_NewBignumObj, Tcl_SetBignumObj, Tcl_GetBignumFromObj, Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj \- manipulate Tcl values as integers
+Tcl_NewIntObj, Tcl_NewLongObj, Tcl_NewWideIntObj, Tcl_SetIntObj, Tcl_SetLongObj, Tcl_SetWideIntObj, Tcl_GetIntFromObj, Tcl_GetLongFromObj, Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj, Tcl_NewBignumObj, Tcl_SetBignumObj, Tcl_GetBignumFromObj, Tcl_TakeBignumFromObj \- manipulate Tcl values as integers
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -32,9 +32,6 @@ int
 \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, intPtr\fR)
 .sp
 int
-\fBTcl_GetIntForIndex\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, endValue, intPtr\fR)
-.sp
-int
 \fBTcl_GetLongFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, longPtr\fR)
 .sp
 int
@@ -58,8 +55,6 @@ int
 \fBTcl_InitBignumFromDouble\fR(\fIinterp, doubleValue, bigValue\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_WideInt doubleValue in/out
-.AP int endValue in
-\fBTcl_GetIntForIndex\fR will return this when the input value is "end".
 .AP int intValue in
 Integer value used to initialize or set a Tcl value.
 .AP long longValue in
@@ -120,16 +115,6 @@ violates Tcl's copy-on-write policy.  Any existing string representation
 or internal representation in the unshared Tcl value will be freed
 as a consequence of setting the new value.
 .PP
-The \fBTcl_GetIntForIndex\fR routine attempts to retrieve an index
-value from the Tcl value \fIobjPtr\fR.  If the attempt succeeds,
-then \fBTCL_OK\fR is returned, and the value is written to the
-storage provided by the caller.  The attempt might fail if
-\fIobjPtr\fR does not hold an index value.  If the attempt fails,
-then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned, and if \fIinterp\fR is non-NULL,
-an error message is left in \fIinterp\fR.  The \fBTcl_ObjType\fR
-of \fIobjPtr\fR may be changed to make subsequent calls to the
-same routine more efficient.
-.PP
 The \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR, \fBTcl_GetLongFromObj\fR,
 \fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR, \fBTcl_GetBignumFromObj\fR, and
 \fBTcl_TakeBignumFromObj\fR routines attempt to retrieve an integral
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\"
-.TH Tcl_Interp 3 8.7 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
+.TH Tcl_Interp 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
@@ -15,9 +15,9 @@ Tcl_Interp \- client-visible fields of interpreter structures
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
 .sp
 typedef struct {
-    char *\fIresult\fR;			/* NO LONGER AVAILABLE */
-    Tcl_FreeProc *\fIfreeProc\fR;	/* NO LONGER AVAILABLE */
-    int \fIerrorLine\fR;		/* NO LONGER AVAILABLE */
+    char *\fIresult\fR;
+    Tcl_FreeProc *\fIfreeProc\fR;
+    int \fIerrorLine\fR;
 } \fBTcl_Interp\fR;

 typedef void \fBTcl_FreeProc\fR(
@@ -25,17 +25,97 @@ typedef void \fBTcl_FreeProc\fR(
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
-The \fBTcl_CreateInterp\fR procedure returns a pointer to a \fBTcl_Interp\fR
+The \fBTcl_CreateInterp\fR procedure returns a pointer to a Tcl_Interp
 structure.  Callers of \fBTcl_CreateInterp\fR should use this pointer
 as an opaque token, suitable for nothing other than passing back to
-other routines in the Tcl interface from the same thread that called
-\fBTcl_CreateInterp\fR.  The \fBTcl_Interp\fR struct no longer has any
-supported client-visible fields.  Supported public routines such as
-\fBTcl_SetResult\fR, \fBTcl_GetResult\fR, \fBTcl_SetErrorLine\fR,
-\fBTcl_GetErrorLine\fR must be used instead.
+other routines in the Tcl interface.  Accessing fields directly through
+the pointer as described below is no longer supported.  The supported
+public routines \fBTcl_SetResult\fR, \fBTcl_GetResult\fR,
+\fBTcl_SetErrorLine\fR, \fBTcl_GetErrorLine\fR must be used instead.
 .PP
-Any legacy programs and extensions trying to access the fields above
-in their source code will need conversion to compile for Tcl 8.7 and later.
+The \fIresult\fR and \fIfreeProc\fR fields are used to return
+results or error messages from commands.
+This information is returned by command procedures back to \fBTcl_Eval\fR,
+and by \fBTcl_Eval\fR back to its callers.
+The \fIresult\fR field points to the string that represents the
+result or error message, and the \fIfreeProc\fR field tells how
+to dispose of the storage for the string when it is not needed anymore.
+The easiest way for command procedures to manipulate these
+fields is to call procedures like \fBTcl_SetResult\fR
+or \fBTcl_AppendResult\fR;  they
+will hide all the details of managing the fields.
+The description below is for those procedures that manipulate the
+fields directly.
+.PP
+Whenever a command procedure returns, it must ensure
+that the \fIresult\fR field of its interpreter points to the string
+being returned by the command.
+The \fIresult\fR field must always point to a valid string.
+If a command wishes to return no result then \fIinterp->result\fR
+should point to an empty string.
+Normally, results are assumed to be statically allocated,
+which means that the contents will not change before the next time
+\fBTcl_Eval\fR is called or some other command procedure is invoked.
+In this case, the \fIfreeProc\fR field must be zero.
+Alternatively, a command procedure may dynamically
+allocate its return value (e.g. using \fBTcl_Alloc\fR)
+and store a pointer to it in \fIinterp->result\fR.
+In this case, the command procedure must also set \fIinterp->freeProc\fR
+to the address of a procedure that can free the value, or \fBTCL_DYNAMIC\fR
+if the storage was allocated directly by Tcl or by a call to
+\fBTcl_Alloc\fR.
+If \fIinterp->freeProc\fR is non-zero, then Tcl will call \fIfreeProc\fR
+to free the space pointed to by \fIinterp->result\fR before it
+invokes the next command.
+If a client procedure overwrites \fIinterp->result\fR when
+\fIinterp->freeProc\fR is non-zero, then it is responsible for calling
+\fIfreeProc\fR to free the old \fIinterp->result\fR (the \fBTcl_FreeResult\fR
+macro should be used for this purpose).
+.PP
+\fIFreeProc\fR should have arguments and result that match the
+\fBTcl_FreeProc\fR declaration above:  it receives a single
+argument which is a pointer to the result value to free.
+In most applications \fBTCL_DYNAMIC\fR is the only non-zero value ever
+used for \fIfreeProc\fR.
+However, an application may store a different procedure address
+in \fIfreeProc\fR in order to use an alternate memory allocator
+or in order to do other cleanup when the result memory is freed.
+.PP
+As part of processing each command, \fBTcl_Eval\fR initializes
+\fIinterp->result\fR
+and \fIinterp->freeProc\fR just before calling the command procedure for
+the command.  The \fIfreeProc\fR field will be initialized to zero,
+and \fIinterp->result\fR will point to an empty string.  Commands that
+do not return any value can simply leave the fields alone.
+Furthermore, the empty string pointed to by \fIresult\fR is actually
+part of an array of approximately 200 characters.
+If a command wishes to return a short string, it can simply copy
+it to the area pointed to by \fIinterp->result\fR.  Or, it can use
+the sprintf procedure to generate a short result string at the location
+pointed to by \fIinterp->result\fR.
+.PP
+It is a general convention in Tcl-based applications that the result
+of an interpreter is normally in the initialized state described
+in the previous paragraph.
+Procedures that manipulate an interpreter's result (e.g. by
+returning an error) will generally assume that the result
+has been initialized when the procedure is called.
+If such a procedure is to be called after the result has been
+changed, then \fBTcl_ResetResult\fR should be called first to
+reset the result to its initialized state.  The direct use of
+\fIinterp->result\fR is strongly deprecated (see \fBTcl_SetResult\fR).
+.PP
+The \fIerrorLine\fR
+field is valid only after \fBTcl_Eval\fR returns
+a \fBTCL_ERROR\fR return code.  In this situation the \fIerrorLine\fR
+field identifies the line number of the command being executed when
+the error occurred.  The line numbers are relative to the command
+being executed:  1 means the first line of the command passed to
+\fBTcl_Eval\fR, 2 means the second line, and so on.
+The \fIerrorLine\fR field is typically used in conjunction with
+\fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR to report information about where an error
+occurred.
+\fIErrorLine\fR should not normally be modified except by \fBTcl_Eval\fR.

 .SH KEYWORDS
-interpreter, result
+free, initialized, interpreter, malloc, result
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_LinkArray, Tcl_LinkVar, Tcl_UnlinkVar, Tcl_UpdateLinkedVar \- link Tcl variable to C variable
+Tcl_LinkVar, Tcl_UnlinkVar, Tcl_UpdateLinkedVar \- link Tcl variable to C variable
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -17,52 +17,27 @@ Tcl_LinkArray, Tcl_LinkVar, Tcl_UnlinkVar, Tcl_UpdateLinkedVar \- link Tcl varia
 int
 \fBTcl_LinkVar\fR(\fIinterp, varName, addr, type\fR)
 .sp
-.VS "TIP 312"
-int
-\fBTcl_LinkArray\fR(\fIinterp, varName, addr, type, size\fR)
-.VE "TIP 312"
-.sp
 \fBTcl_UnlinkVar\fR(\fIinterp, varName\fR)
 .sp
 \fBTcl_UpdateLinkedVar\fR(\fIinterp, varName\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
-.AS Tcl_Interp varName in
+.AS Tcl_Interp writable
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
 Interpreter that contains \fIvarName\fR.
 Also used by \fBTcl_LinkVar\fR to return error messages.
 .AP "const char" *varName in
 Name of global variable.
-.AP void *addr in
+.AP char *addr in
 Address of C variable that is to be linked to \fIvarName\fR.
-.sp
-.VS "TIP 312"
-In \fBTcl_LinkArray\fR, may be NULL to tell Tcl to create the storage
-for the array in the variable.
-.VE "TIP 312"
 .AP int type in
-Type of C variable for \fBTcl_LinkVar\fR or type of array element for
-\fBTcl_LinkArray\fR.  Must be one of \fBTCL_LINK_INT\fR,
+Type of C variable.  Must be one of \fBTCL_LINK_INT\fR,
 \fBTCL_LINK_UINT\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_CHAR\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_UCHAR\fR,
 \fBTCL_LINK_SHORT\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_USHORT\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_LONG\fR,
 \fBTCL_LINK_ULONG\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_WIDE_INT\fR,
-\fBTCL_LINK_WIDE_UINT\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_FLOAT\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_DOUBLE\fR,
-\fBTCL_LINK_BOOLEAN\fR, or one of the extra ones listed below.
-.sp
-In \fBTcl_LinkVar\fR, the additional linked type \fBTCL_LINK_STRING\fR may be
-used.
-.sp
-.VS "TIP 312"
-In \fBTcl_LinkArray\fR, the additional linked types \fBTCL_LINK_CHARS\fR and
-\fBTCL_LINK_BYTES\fR may be used.
-.VE "TIP 312"
-.sp
-All the above for both functions may be
-optionally OR'ed with \fBTCL_LINK_READ_ONLY\fR to make the Tcl
-variable read-only.
-.AP int size in
-.VS "TIP 312"
-The number of elements in the C array. Must be greater than zero.
-.VE "TIP 312"
+\fBTCL_LINK_WIDE_UINT\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_FLOAT\fR,
+\fBTCL_LINK_DOUBLE\fR, \fBTCL_LINK_BOOLEAN\fR, or
+\fBTCL_LINK_STRING\fR, optionally OR'ed with \fBTCL_LINK_READ_ONLY\fR
+to make Tcl variable read-only.
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
@@ -77,179 +52,130 @@ while setting up the link (e.g. because \fIvarName\fR is the
 name of array) then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and the interpreter's result
 contains an error message.
 .PP
-.VS "TIP 312"
-\fBTcl_LinkArray\fR is similar, but for arrays of fixed size (given by
-the \fIsize\fR argument). When asked to allocate the backing C array
-storage (via the \fIaddr\fR argument being NULL), it writes the
-address that it allocated to the Tcl interpreter result.
-.VE "TIP 312"
-.PP
 The \fItype\fR argument specifies the type of the C variable,
-or the type of the elements of the C array,
 and must have one of the following values, optionally OR'ed with
 \fBTCL_LINK_READ_ONLY\fR:
 .TP
 \fBTCL_LINK_INT\fR
-.
-The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBint\fR.
+The C variable is of type \fBint\fR.
 Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper integer
 form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR;  attempts to write
 non-integer values into \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with
 Tcl errors. Incomplete integer representations (like the empty
-string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/decimal/binary prefix) are accepted
+string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/binary prefix) are accepted
 as if they are valid too.
 .TP
 \fBTCL_LINK_UINT\fR
-.
-The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBunsigned int\fR.
+The C variable is of type \fBunsigned int\fR.
 Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper unsigned
 integer form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR and in the
 platform's defined range for the \fBunsigned int\fR type; attempts to
 write non-integer values (or values outside the range) into
 \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors. Incomplete integer
-representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/decimal/binary
+representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/binary
 prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
 .TP
 \fBTCL_LINK_CHAR\fR
-.
-The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBchar\fR.
+The C variable is of type \fBchar\fR.
 Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper integer
 form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR and be in the range of the
 \fBchar\fR datatype; attempts to write non-integer or out-of-range
 values into \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors. Incomplete
 integer representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the
-hex/octal/decimal/binary prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
-.RS
-.PP
-.VS "TIP 312"
-If using an array of these, consider using \fBTCL_LINK_CHARS\fR instead.
-.VE "TIP 312"
-.RE
-.TP
-\fBTCL_LINK_CHARS\fR
-.VS "TIP 312"
-The C array is of type \fBchar *\fR and is mapped into Tcl as a string.
-Any value written into the Tcl variable must have the same length as
-the underlying storage. Only supported with \fBTcl_LinkArray\fR.
-.VE "TIP 312"
+hex/octal/binary prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
 .TP
 \fBTCL_LINK_UCHAR\fR
-.
-The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBunsigned char\fR.
+The C variable is of type \fBunsigned char\fR.
 Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper unsigned
 integer form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR and in the
 platform's defined range for the \fBunsigned char\fR type; attempts to
 write non-integer values (or values outside the range) into
 \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors. Incomplete integer
-representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/decimal/binary
+representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/binary
 prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
-.RS
-.PP
-.VS "TIP 312"
-If using an array of these, consider using \fBTCL_LINK_BYTES\fR instead.
-.VE "TIP 312"
-.RE
-.TP
-\fBTCL_LINK_BYTES\fR
-.VS "TIP 312"
-The C array is of type \fBunsigned char *\fR and is mapped into Tcl
-as a bytearray.
-Any value written into the Tcl variable must have the same length as
-the underlying storage. Only supported with \fBTcl_LinkArray\fR.
-.VE "TIP 312"
 .TP
 \fBTCL_LINK_SHORT\fR
-.
-The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBshort\fR.
+The C variable is of type \fBshort\fR.
 Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper integer
 form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR and be in the range of the
 \fBshort\fR datatype; attempts to write non-integer or out-of-range
 values into \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors. Incomplete
 integer representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the
-hex/octal/decimal/binary prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
+hex/octal/binary prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
 .TP
 \fBTCL_LINK_USHORT\fR
-.
-The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBunsigned short\fR.
+The C variable is of type \fBunsigned short\fR.
 Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper unsigned
 integer form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR and in the
 platform's defined range for the \fBunsigned short\fR type; attempts to
 write non-integer values (or values outside the range) into
 \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors. Incomplete integer
-representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/decimal/binary
+representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/binary
 prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
 .TP
 \fBTCL_LINK_LONG\fR
-.
-The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBlong\fR.
+The C variable is of type \fBlong\fR.
 Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper integer
 form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetLongFromObj\fR; attempts to write
 non-integer or out-of-range
 values into \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors. Incomplete
 integer representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the
-hex/octal/decimal/binary prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
+hex/octal/binary prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
 .TP
 \fBTCL_LINK_ULONG\fR
-.
-The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBunsigned long\fR.
+The C variable is of type \fBunsigned long\fR.
 Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper unsigned
 integer form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR and in the
 platform's defined range for the \fBunsigned long\fR type; attempts to
 write non-integer values (or values outside the range) into
 \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors. Incomplete integer
-representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/decimal/binary
+representations (like the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/binary
 prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
 .TP
 \fBTCL_LINK_DOUBLE\fR
-.
-The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBdouble\fR.
+The C variable is of type \fBdouble\fR.
 Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper real
 form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetDoubleFromObj\fR;  attempts to write
 non-real values into \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with
 Tcl errors. Incomplete integer or real representations (like the
-empty string, '.', '+', '-' or the hex/octal/decimal/binary prefix) are
+empty string, '.', '+', '-' or the hex/octal/binary prefix) are
 accepted as if they are valid too.
 .TP
 \fBTCL_LINK_FLOAT\fR
-.
-The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBfloat\fR.
+The C variable is of type \fBfloat\fR.
 Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper real
 form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetDoubleFromObj\fR and must be within the
 range acceptable for a \fBfloat\fR; attempts to
 write non-real values (or values outside the range) into
 \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with Tcl errors. Incomplete integer
 or real representations (like the empty string, '.', '+', '-' or
-the hex/octal/decimal/binary prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
+the hex/octal/binary prefix) are accepted as if they are valid too.
 .TP
 \fBTCL_LINK_WIDE_INT\fR
-.
-The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBTcl_WideInt\fR
-(which is an integer type
+The C variable is of type \fBTcl_WideInt\fR (which is an integer type
 at least 64-bits wide on all platforms that can support it.)
 Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper integer
 form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR;  attempts to write
 non-integer values into \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with
 Tcl errors. Incomplete integer representations (like the empty
-string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/decimal/binary prefix) are accepted
+string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/binary prefix) are accepted
 as if they are valid too.
 .TP
 \fBTCL_LINK_WIDE_UINT\fR
-.
-The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBTcl_WideUInt\fR
-(which is an unsigned integer type at least 64-bits wide on all platforms that
-can support it.)
+The C variable is of type \fBTcl_WideUInt\fR (which is an unsigned
+integer type at least 64-bits wide on all platforms that can support
+it.)
 Any value written into the Tcl variable must have a proper unsigned
 integer form acceptable to \fBTcl_GetWideIntFromObj\fR (it will be
 cast to unsigned);
 .\" FIXME! Use bignums instead.
 attempts to write non-integer values into \fIvarName\fR will be
 rejected with Tcl errors. Incomplete integer representations (like
-the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/decimal/binary prefix) are accepted
+the empty string, '+', '-' or the hex/octal/binary prefix) are accepted
 as if they are valid too.
 .TP
 \fBTCL_LINK_BOOLEAN\fR
-.
-The C variable, or each element of the C array, is of type \fBint\fR.
+The C variable is of type \fBint\fR.
 If its value is zero then it will read from Tcl as
 .QW 0 ;
 otherwise it will read from Tcl as
@@ -262,7 +188,6 @@ non-boolean values into \fIvarName\fR will be rejected with
 Tcl errors.
 .TP
 \fBTCL_LINK_STRING\fR
-.
 The C variable is of type \fBchar *\fR.
 If its value is not NULL then it must be a pointer to a string
 allocated with \fBTcl_Alloc\fR or \fBckalloc\fR.
@@ -272,7 +197,6 @@ new value.
 If the C variable contains a NULL pointer then the Tcl variable
 will read as
 .QW NULL .
-This is only supported by \fBTcl_LinkVar\fR.
 .PP
 If the \fBTCL_LINK_READ_ONLY\fR flag is present in \fItype\fR then the
 variable will be read-only from Tcl, so that its value can only be
@@ -9,18 +9,18 @@
 .BS
 '\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_ClassSetConstructor, Tcl_ClassSetDestructor, Tcl_MethodDeclarerClass, Tcl_MethodDeclarerObject, Tcl_MethodIsPublic, Tcl_MethodIsPrivate, Tcl_MethodIsType, Tcl_MethodName, Tcl_NewInstanceMethod, Tcl_NewMethod, Tcl_ObjectContextInvokeNext, Tcl_ObjectContextIsFiltering, Tcl_ObjectContextMethod, Tcl_ObjectContextObject, Tcl_ObjectContextSkippedArgs \- manipulate methods and method-call contexts
+Tcl_ClassSetConstructor, Tcl_ClassSetDestructor, Tcl_MethodDeclarerClass, Tcl_MethodDeclarerObject, Tcl_MethodIsPublic, Tcl_MethodIsType, Tcl_MethodName, Tcl_NewInstanceMethod, Tcl_NewMethod, Tcl_ObjectContextInvokeNext, Tcl_ObjectContextIsFiltering, Tcl_ObjectContextMethod, Tcl_ObjectContextObject, Tcl_ObjectContextSkippedArgs \- manipulate methods and method-call contexts
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tclOO.h>\fR
 .sp
 Tcl_Method
-\fBTcl_NewMethod\fR(\fIinterp, class, nameObj, flags, methodTypePtr,
-              clientData\fR)
+\fBTcl_NewMethod\fR(\fIinterp, class, nameObj, isPublic,
+              methodTypePtr, clientData\fR)
 .sp
 Tcl_Method
-\fBTcl_NewInstanceMethod\fR(\fIinterp, object, nameObj, flags, methodTypePtr,
-                      clientData\fR)
+\fBTcl_NewInstanceMethod\fR(\fIinterp, object, nameObj, isPublic,
+                      methodTypePtr, clientData\fR)
 .sp
 \fBTcl_ClassSetConstructor\fR(\fIinterp, class, method\fR)
 .sp
@@ -35,13 +35,8 @@ Tcl_Object
 Tcl_Obj *
 \fBTcl_MethodName\fR(\fImethod\fR)
 .sp
-.VS TIP500
 int
 \fBTcl_MethodIsPublic\fR(\fImethod\fR)
-.VE TIP500
-.sp
-int
-\fBTcl_MethodIsPrivate\fR(\fImethod\fR)
 .sp
 int
 \fBTcl_MethodIsType\fR(\fImethod, methodTypePtr, clientDataPtr\fR)
@@ -71,15 +66,10 @@ The class to create the method in.
 .AP Tcl_Obj *nameObj in
 The name of the method to create. Should not be NULL unless creating
 constructors or destructors.
-.AP int flags in
-A flag saying (currently) what the visibility of the method is. The supported
-public values of this flag are \fBTCL_OO_METHOD_PUBLIC\fR (which is fixed at 1
-for backward compatibility) for an exported method,
-\fBTCL_OO_METHOD_UNEXPORTED\fR (which is fixed at 0 for backward
-compatibility) for a non-exported method,
-.VS TIP500
-and \fBTCL_OO_METHOD_PRIVATE\fR for a private method.
-.VE TIP500
+.AP int isPublic in
+A flag saying what the visibility of the method is. The only supported public
+values of this flag are 0 for a non-exported method, and 1 for an exported
+method.
 .AP Tcl_MethodType *methodTypePtr in
 A description of the type of the method to create, or the type of method to
 compare against.
@@ -115,12 +105,8 @@ Given a method, the entity that declared it can be found using
 attached to (or NULL if the method is not attached to any class) and
 \fBTcl_MethodDeclarerObject\fR which returns the object that the method is
 attached to (or NULL if the method is not attached to an object). The name of
-the method can be retrieved with \fBTcl_MethodName\fR, whether the method
-is exported is retrieved with \fBTcl_MethodIsPublic\fR,
-.VS TIP500
-and whether the method is private is retrieved with \fBTcl_MethodIsPrivate\fR.
-.VE TIP500
-The type of the method
+the method can be retrieved with \fBTcl_MethodName\fR and whether the method
+is exported is retrieved with \fBTcl_MethodIsPublic\fR. The type of the method
 can also be introspected upon to a limited degree; the function
 \fBTcl_MethodIsType\fR returns whether a method is of a particular type,
 assigning the per-method \fIclientData\fR to the variable pointed to by
@@ -131,12 +117,8 @@ Methods are created by \fBTcl_NewMethod\fR and \fBTcl_NewInstanceMethod\fR,
 which
 create a method attached to a class or an object respectively. In both cases,
 the \fInameObj\fR argument gives the name of the method to create, the
-\fIflags\fR argument states whether the method should be exported
-initially
-.VS TIP500
-or be marked as a private method,
-.VE TIP500
-the \fImethodTypePtr\fR argument describes the implementation of
+\fIisPublic\fR argument states whether the method should be exported
+initially, the \fImethodTypePtr\fR argument describes the implementation of
 the method (see the \fBMETHOD TYPES\fR section below) and the \fIclientData\fR
 argument gives some implementation-specific data that is passed on to the
 implementation of the method when it is called.
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 .\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 2008 by Kevin B. Kenny.
-.\" Copyright (c) 2018 by Nathan Coulter.
+.\" Copyright (c) 2018 by Nathan Coulter. 
 .\"
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
@@ -132,17 +132,22 @@ higher-level software that they have occurred.  The procedures
 and \fBTcl_SetMaxBlockTime\fR, \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR, and
 \fBTcl_DeleteEvents\fR are used primarily by event sources.
 .IP [2]
-The event queue: there is a single queue for each thread containing
-a Tcl interpreter, containing events that have been detected but not
-yet serviced.  Event sources place events onto the queue so that they
-may be processed in order at appropriate times during the event loop.
-The event queue guarantees a fair discipline of event handling, so that
-no event source can starve the others.  It also allows events to be
-saved for servicing at a future time.
+The event queue: for non-threaded applications,
+there is a single queue for the whole application,
+containing events that have been detected but not yet serviced.  Event
+sources place events onto the queue so that they may be processed in
+order at appropriate times during the event loop. The event queue
+guarantees a fair discipline of event handling, so that no event
+source can starve the others.  It also allows events to be saved for
+servicing at a future time.  Threaded applications work in a
+similar manner, except that there is a separate event queue for
+each thread containing a Tcl interpreter.
 \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR is used (primarily
-by event sources) to add events to the current thread's event queue and
+by event sources) to add events to the event queue and
 \fBTcl_DeleteEvents\fR is used to remove events from the queue without
-processing them.
+processing them.  In a threaded application, \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR adds
+an event to the current thread's queue, and \fBTcl_ThreadQueueEvent\fR
+adds an event to a queue in a specific thread.
 .IP [3]
 The event loop: in order to detect and process events, the application
 enters a loop that waits for events to occur, places them on the event
@@ -398,7 +403,11 @@ the event source (using \fBTcl_Alloc\fR or the Tcl macro \fBckalloc\fR)
 before calling \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR, but it
 will be freed by \fBTcl_ServiceEvent\fR, not by the event source.
 .PP
-Calling \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR adds an event to the current thread's queue.
+Threaded applications work in a
+similar manner, except that there is a separate event queue for
+each thread containing a Tcl interpreter.
+Calling \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR in a multithreaded application adds
+an event to the current thread's queue.
 To add an event to another thread's queue, use \fBTcl_ThreadQueueEvent\fR.
 \fBTcl_ThreadQueueEvent\fR accepts as an argument a Tcl_ThreadId argument,
 which uniquely identifies a thread in a Tcl application.  To obtain the
@@ -489,7 +498,8 @@ under Unix it happens when \fBTcl_WaitForEvent\fR would have waited
 forever because there were no active event sources and the timeout was
 infinite.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_AlertNotifier\fR is used to allow any thread to
+\fBTcl_AlertNotifier\fR is used in multithreaded applications to allow
+any thread to
 .QW "wake up"
 the notifier to alert it to new events on its
 queue.  \fBTcl_AlertNotifier\fR requires as an argument the notifier
@@ -85,12 +85,14 @@ unless \fIinterp\fR is NULL.
 Otherwise, it returns \fBTCL_OK\fR.
 Passing a NULL \fIinterp\fR allows this procedure to be used
 as a test whether the conversion can be done (and in fact was done).
+.VS 8.5
 .PP
 In many cases, the \fItypePtr->setFromAnyProc\fR routine will
 set \fIobjPtr->typePtr\fR to the argument value \fItypePtr\fR,
 but that is no longer guaranteed.  The \fIsetFromAnyProc\fR is
 free to set the internal representation for \fIobjPtr\fR to make
 use of another related Tcl_ObjType, if it sees fit.
+.VE 8.5
 .SH "THE TCL_OBJTYPE STRUCTURE"
 .PP
 Extension writers can define new value types by defining four
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ If an error occurs while opening the channel, \fBTcl_OpenCommandChannel\fR
 returns NULL and records a POSIX error code that can be retrieved with
 \fBTcl_GetErrno\fR.
 In addition, \fBTcl_OpenCommandChannel\fR leaves an error message in
-the interpreter's result. \fIinterp\fR cannot be NULL.
+the interpreter's result if \fIinterp\fR is not NULL.
 .PP
 The newly created channel is not registered in the supplied interpreter; to
 register it, use \fBTcl_RegisterChannel\fR, described below.
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 .BS
 '\"  Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_Panic, Tcl_PanicVA, Tcl_SetPanicProc, Tcl_ConsolePanic \- report fatal error and abort
+Tcl_Panic, Tcl_SetPanicProc \- report fatal error and abort
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -16,14 +16,8 @@ void
 \fBTcl_Panic\fR(\fIformat\fR, \fIarg\fR, \fIarg\fR, \fI...\fR)
 .sp
 void
-\fBTcl_PanicVA\fR(\fIformat\fR, \fIargList\fR)
-.sp
-void
 \fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR(\fIpanicProc\fR)
 .sp
-void
-\fBTcl_ConsolePanic\fR(\fIformat\fR, \fIarg\fR, \fIarg\fR, \fI...\fR)
-.sp
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_PanicProc *panicProc
 .AP "const char*" format in
@@ -53,18 +47,10 @@ In a freshly loaded Tcl library, \fBTcl_Panic\fR prints the formatted
 error message to the standard error file of the process, and then
 calls \fBabort\fR to terminate the process.  \fBTcl_Panic\fR does not
 return. On Windows, when a debugger is running, the formatted error
-message is sent to the debugger instead. If the windows executable
+message is sent to the debugger in stead. If the windows executable
 does not have a stderr channel (e.g. \fBwish.exe\fR), then a
 system dialog box is used to display the panic message.
 .PP
-If your application doesn't use \fBTcl_Main\fR or \fBTk_Main\fR
-and you want to implicitly use the stderr channel of your
-application's C runtime (instead of the stderr channel of the
-C runtime used by Tcl), you can call \fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR
-with \fBTcl_ConsolePanic\fR as its argument. On platforms which
-only have one C runtime (almost all platforms except Windows)
-\fBTcl_ConsolePanic\fR is equivalent to NULL.
-.PP
 \fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR may be used to modify the behavior of
 \fBTcl_Panic\fR.  The \fIpanicProc\fR argument should match the
 type \fBTcl_PanicProc\fR:
@@ -86,19 +72,11 @@ The typical use of \fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR arranges for the error message
 to be displayed or reported in a manner more suitable for the
 application or the platform.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_SetPanicProc\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions. Its symbol
-entry in the stub table is deprecated and it will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
-.PP
 Although the primary callers of \fBTcl_Panic\fR are the procedures of
 the Tcl library, \fBTcl_Panic\fR is a public function and may be called
 by any extension or application that wishes to abort the process and
 have a panic message displayed the same way that panic messages from Tcl
 will be displayed.
-.PP
-\fBTcl_PanicVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_Panic\fR except that instead of
-taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument list. Interfaces
-using argument lists have been found to be nonportable in practice. This
-function is deprecated and will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 abort(3), printf(3), exec(n), format(n)
 .SH KEYWORDS
@@ -103,8 +103,8 @@ the argument's value. The following values are acceptable values for
 \fBTCL_ARGV_CONSTANT\fR
 .
 The argument does not take any following value argument. If this argument is
-present, the (integer) value of the \fIsrcPtr\fR field is copied to the variable
-pointed to by the \fIdstPtr\fR field. The \fIclientData\fR field is ignored.
+present, the int pointed to by the \fIsrcPtr\fR field is copied to the
+\fIdstPtr\fR field. The \fIclientData\fR field is ignored.
 .TP
 \fBTCL_ARGV_END\fR
 .
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_ParseCommand, Tcl_ParseExpr, Tcl_ParseBraces, Tcl_ParseQuotedString, Tcl_ParseVarName, Tcl_ParseVar, Tcl_FreeParse, Tcl_EvalTokens, Tcl_EvalTokensStandard \- parse Tcl scripts and expressions
+Tcl_ParseCommand, Tcl_ParseExpr, Tcl_ParseBraces, Tcl_ParseQuotedString, Tcl_ParseVarName, Tcl_ParseVar, Tcl_FreeParse, Tcl_EvalTokensStandard \- parse Tcl scripts and expressions
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -33,20 +33,16 @@ const char *
 .sp
 \fBTcl_FreeParse\fR(\fIusedParsePtr\fR)
 .sp
-Tcl_Obj *
-\fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR(\fIinterp, tokenPtr, numTokens\fR)
-.sp
 int
 \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR(\fIinterp, tokenPtr, numTokens\fR)
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_Interp *usedParsePtr out
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp out
-For procedures other than \fBTcl_FreeParse\fR, \fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR
-and \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR, used only for error reporting;
+For procedures other than \fBTcl_FreeParse\fR and
+\fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR, used only for error reporting;
 if NULL, then no error messages are left after errors.
-For \fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR and \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR,
-determines the context for evaluating the
-script and also is used for error reporting; must not be NULL.
+For \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR, determines the context for evaluating
+the script and also is used for error reporting; must not be NULL.
 .AP "const char" *start in
 Pointer to first character in string to parse.
 .AP int numBytes in
@@ -191,16 +187,6 @@ code with one of the values \fBTCL_OK\fR, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR,
 some other integer value originating in an extension.
 In addition, a result value or error message is left in \fIinterp\fR's
 result; it can be retrieved using \fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR.
-.PP
-\fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR differs from \fBTcl_EvalTokensStandard\fR only in
-the return convention used: it returns the result in a new Tcl_Obj.
-The reference count of the value returned as result has been
-incremented, so the caller must
-invoke \fBTcl_DecrRefCount\fR when it is finished with the value.
-If an error or other exception occurs while evaluating the tokens
-(such as a reference to a non-existent variable) then the return value
-is NULL and an error message is left in \fIinterp\fR's result. The use
-of \fBTcl_EvalTokens\fR is deprecated.
 .SH "TCL_PARSE STRUCTURE"
 .PP
 \fBTcl_ParseCommand\fR, \fBTcl_ParseExpr\fR, \fBTcl_ParseBraces\fR,
@@ -18,10 +18,7 @@ Tcl_PrintDouble \- Convert floating value to string
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_Interp *interp out
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
-Before Tcl 8.0, the \fBtcl_precision\fR variable in this interpreter
-controlled the conversion.  As of Tcl 8.0, this argument is ignored and
-the conversion is controlled by the \fBtcl_precision\fR variable
-that is now shared by all interpreters.
+This argument is ignored.
 .AP double value in
 Floating-point value to be converted.
 .AP char *dst out
@@ -41,9 +38,7 @@ so that it does not look like an integer.  Where \fB%g\fR would
 generate an integer with no decimal point, \fBTcl_PrintDouble\fR adds
 .QW .0 .
 .PP
-If the \fBtcl_precision\fR value is non-zero, the result will have
-precisely that many digits of significance.  If the value is zero
-(the default), the result will have the fewest digits needed to
+The result will have the fewest digits needed to
 represent the number in such a way that \fBTcl_NewDoubleObj\fR
 will generate the same number when presented with the given string.
 IEEE semantics of rounding to even apply to the conversion.
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ the command at global level instead of the current stack level.
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
 \fBTcl_RecordAndEvalObj\fR is invoked to record a command as an event
-on the history list and then execute it using \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR
+on the history list and then execute it using \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR.
 It returns a completion code such as \fBTCL_OK\fR just like \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR,
 as well as a result value containing additional information
 (a result value or error message)
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
 '\"
 '\" Copyright (c) 1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
 '\" Contributions from Don Porter, NIST, 2004. (not subject to US copyright)
-'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Nathan Coulter.
 '\"
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
@@ -10,9 +9,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_SaveInterpState, Tcl_RestoreInterpState, Tcl_DiscardInterpState,
-Tcl_SaveResult, Tcl_RestoreResult, Tcl_DiscardResult \- Save and restore the
-state of an an interpreter.
+Tcl_SaveInterpState, Tcl_RestoreInterpState, Tcl_DiscardInterpState, Tcl_SaveResult, Tcl_RestoreResult, Tcl_DiscardResult \- save and restore an interpreter's state
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -33,53 +30,91 @@ int
 .SH ARGUMENTS
 .AS Tcl_InterpState savedPtr
 .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
-The interpreter for the operation.
+Interpreter for which state should be saved.
 .AP int status in
-The return code for the state.
+Return code value to save as part of interpreter state.
 .AP Tcl_InterpState state in
-A token for saved state.
+Saved state token to be restored or discarded.
 .AP Tcl_SavedResult *savedPtr in
-A pointer to storage for saved state.
+Pointer to location where interpreter result should be saved or restored.
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
-These routines save the state of an interpreter before a call to a routine such
-as \fBTcl_Eval\fR, and restore the state afterwards.
+These routines allows a C procedure to take a snapshot of the current
+state of an interpreter so that it can be restored after a call
+to \fBTcl_Eval\fR or some other routine that modifies the interpreter
+state.  There are two triplets of routines meant to work together.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR saves the parts of \fIinterp\fR that comprise the
-result of a script, including the resulting value, the return code passed as
-\fIstatus\fR, and any options such as \fB\-errorinfo\fR and \fB\-errorcode\fR.
-It returns a token for the saved state.  The interpreter result is not reset
-and no interpreter state is changed.
+The first triplet stores the snapshot of interpreter state in
+an opaque token returned by \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR.  That token
+value may then be passed back to one of \fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR
+or \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR, depending on whether the interp
+state is to be restored.  So long as one of the latter two routines
+is called, Tcl will take care of memory management.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR restores the state indicated by \fIstate\fR and
-returns the \fIstatus\fR originally passed in the corresponding call to
-\fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR.
+The second triplet stores the snapshot of only the interpreter
+result (not its complete state) in memory allocated by the caller.
+These routines are passed a pointer to \fBTcl_SavedResult\fR
+that is used to store enough information to restore the interpreter result.
+\fBTcl_SavedResult\fR can be allocated on the stack of the calling
+procedure.  These routines do not save the state of any error
+information in the interpreter (e.g. the \fB\-errorcode\fR or
+\fB\-errorinfo\fR return options, when an error is in progress).
 .PP
-If a saved state is not restored, \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR must be called
-to release it.  A token used to discard or restore state must not be used
-again.
+Because the routines \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR,
+\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR, and \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR perform
+a superset of the functions provided by the other routines,
+any new code should only make use of the more powerful routines.
+The older, weaker routines \fBTcl_SaveResult\fR, \fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR,
+and \fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR continue to exist only for the sake
+of existing programs that may already be using them.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR, \fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR, and \fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR are
-deprecated.  Instead use \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR,
-\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR, and \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR, which are more
-capable.
+\fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR takes a snapshot of those portions of
+interpreter state that make up the full result of script evaluation.
+This include the interpreter result, the return code (passed in
+as the \fIstatus\fR argument, and any return options, including
+\fB\-errorinfo\fR and \fB\-errorcode\fR when an error is in progress.
+This snapshot is returned as an opaque token of type \fBTcl_InterpState\fR.
+The call to \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR does not itself change the
+state of the interpreter.  Unlike \fBTcl_SaveResult\fR, it does
+not reset the interpreter.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR moves the result of \fIinterp\fR to the location
-\fIstatePtr\fR points to and returns the interpreter result to its initial
-state.  It does not save options such as \fB\-errorcode\fR or
-\fB\-errorinfo\fR.
+\fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR accepts a \fBTcl_InterpState\fR token
+previously returned by \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR and restores the
+state of the interp to the state held in that snapshot.  The return
+value of \fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR is the status value originally
+passed to \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR when the snapshot token was
+created.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR clears any existing result or error in \fIinterp\fR and
-moves the result from \fIstatePtr\fR back to \fIinterp\fR.  \fIstatePtr\fR is
-then in an undefined state and must not be used until passed again to
+\fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR is called to release a \fBTcl_InterpState\fR
+token previously returned by \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR when that
+snapshot is not to be restored to an interp.
+.PP
+The \fBTcl_InterpState\fR token returned by \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR
+must eventually be passed to either \fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR
+or \fBTcl_DiscardInterpState\fR to avoid a memory leak.  Once
+the \fBTcl_InterpState\fR token is passed to one of them, the
+token is no longer valid and should not be used anymore.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR moves the string and value results
+of \fIinterp\fR into the location specified by \fIstatePtr\fR.
+\fBTcl_SaveResult\fR clears the result for \fIinterp\fR and
+leaves the result in its normal empty initialized state.
+.PP
+\fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR moves the string and value results from
+\fIstatePtr\fR back into \fIinterp\fR.  Any result or error that was
+already in the interpreter will be cleared.  The \fIstatePtr\fR is left
+in an uninitialized state and cannot be used until another call to
 \fBTcl_SaveResult\fR.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR releases the state stored at \fBstatePtr\fR, which is
-then in an undefined state and must not be used until passed again to
+\fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR releases the saved interpreter state
+stored at \fBstatePtr\fR.  The state structure is left in an
+uninitialized state and cannot be used until another call to
 \fBTcl_SaveResult\fR.
 .PP
-If a saved result is not restored, \fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR must be called to
-release it.
+Once \fBTcl_SaveResult\fR is called to save the interpreter
+result, either \fBTcl_RestoreResult\fR or
+\fBTcl_DiscardResult\fR must be called to properly clean up the
+memory associated with the saved state.
 .SH KEYWORDS
 result, state, interp
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ New limit for nested calls to \fBTcl_Eval\fR for \fIinterp\fR.
 .PP
 At any given time Tcl enforces a limit on the number of recursive
 calls that may be active for \fBTcl_Eval\fR and related procedures
-such as \fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR.
+such as \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR.
 Any call to \fBTcl_Eval\fR that exceeds this depth is aborted with
 an error.
 By default the recursion limit is 1000.
@@ -5,11 +5,11 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\"
-.TH Tcl_SetResult 3 8.7 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
+.TH Tcl_SetResult 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_SetObjResult, Tcl_GetObjResult, Tcl_SetResult, Tcl_GetStringResult, Tcl_AppendResult, Tcl_AppendResultVA, Tcl_AppendElement, Tcl_ResetResult, Tcl_TransferResult, Tcl_FreeResult \- manipulate Tcl result
+Tcl_SetObjResult, Tcl_GetObjResult, Tcl_SetResult, Tcl_GetStringResult, Tcl_AppendResult, Tcl_AppendElement, Tcl_ResetResult, Tcl_TransferResult, Tcl_FreeResult \- manipulate Tcl result
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ const char *
 .sp
 \fBTcl_AppendResult\fR(\fIinterp, result, result, ... , \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
 .sp
-\fBTcl_AppendResultVA\fR(\fIinterp, argList\fR)
-.sp
 \fBTcl_ResetResult\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
 .sp
-\fBTcl_TransferResult\fR(\fIsourceInterp, code, targetInterp\fR)
+.VS 8.6
+\fBTcl_TransferResult\fR(\fIsourceInterp, result, targetInterp\fR)
+.VE 8.6
 .sp
 \fBTcl_AppendElement\fR(\fIinterp, element\fR)
 .sp
@@ -55,11 +55,18 @@ Address of procedure to call to release storage at
 An argument list which must have been initialized using
 \fBva_start\fR, and cleared using \fBva_end\fR.
 .AP Tcl_Interp *sourceInterp in
-Interpreter that the result and return options should be transferred from.
+.VS 8.6
+Interpreter that the result and error information should be copied from.
+.VE 8.6
 .AP Tcl_Interp *targetInterp in
-Interpreter that the result and return options should be transferred to.
-.AP int code in
-Return code value that controls transfer of return options.
+.VS 8.6
+Interpreter that the result and error information should be copied to.
+.VE 8.6
+.AP int result in
+.VS 8.6
+If \fBTCL_OK\fR, only copy the result. If \fBTCL_ERROR\fR, copy the error
+information as well.
+.VE 8.6
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
@@ -143,19 +150,12 @@ extensions.
 Any number of \fIresult\fR arguments may be passed in a single
 call; the last argument in the list must be a NULL pointer.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_AppendResultVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_AppendResult\fR except that
-instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument list.
-Interfaces using argument lists have been found to be nonportable in practice.
-This function is deprecated and will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
-.PP
-\fBTcl_TransferResult\fR transfers interpreter state from \fIsourceInterp\fR
-to \fItargetInterp\fR. The two interpreters must have been created in the
-same thread.  If \fIsourceInterp\fR and \fItargetInterp\fR are the same,
-nothing is done. Otherwise, \fBTcl_TransferResult\fR moves the result
-from \fIsourceInterp\fR to \fItargetInterp\fR, and resets the result
-in \fIsourceInterp\fR. It also moves the return options dictionary as
-controlled by the return code value \fIcode\fR in the same manner
-as \fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR.
+.VS 8.6
+\fBTcl_TransferResult\fR moves a result from one interpreter to another,
+optionally (dependent on the \fIresult\fR parameter) including the error
+information dictionary as well. The interpreters must be in the same thread.
+The source interpreter will have its result reset by this operation.
+.VE 8.6
 .SH "DEPRECATED INTERFACES"
 .SS "OLD STRING PROCEDURES"
 .PP
@@ -192,14 +192,6 @@ It also sets \fIinterp->freeProc\fR to zero, but does not
 change \fIinterp->result\fR or clear error state.
 \fBTcl_FreeResult\fR is most commonly used when a procedure
 is about to replace one result value with another.
-.SS "DIRECT ACCESS TO INTERP->RESULT"
-.PP
-It used to be legal for programs to
-directly read and write \fIinterp->result\fR
-to manipulate the interpreter result.  The Tcl headers no longer
-permit this access. C code still doing this must
-be updated to use supported routines \fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR,
-\fBTcl_GetStringResult\fR, \fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR, and \fBTcl_SetResult\fR.
 .SH "THE TCL_FREEPROC ARGUMENT TO TCL_SETRESULT"
 .PP
 \fBTcl_SetResult\fR's \fIfreeProc\fR argument specifies how
@@ -240,7 +232,6 @@ typedef void \fBTcl_FreeProc\fR(
 When \fIfreeProc\fR is called, its \fIblockPtr\fR will be set to
 the value of \fIresult\fR passed to \fBTcl_SetResult\fR.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-Tcl_AddErrorInfo, Tcl_CreateObjCommand, Tcl_SetErrorCode, Tcl_Interp,
-Tcl_GetReturnOptions
+Tcl_AddErrorInfo, Tcl_CreateObjCommand, Tcl_SetErrorCode, Tcl_Interp
 .SH KEYWORDS
 append, command, element, list, value, result, return value, interpreter
@@ -64,9 +64,6 @@ the event of an error it should set the interpreter's result to point to an
 error message.  The result or error from the initialization procedure will
 be returned as the result of the \fBload\fR command that caused the
 initialization procedure to be invoked.
-.PP
-\fBTcl_StaticPackage\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions. Its symbol
-entry in the stub table is deprecated and it will be removed in Tcl 9.0.
 .SH KEYWORDS
 initialization procedure, package, static linking
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_NewStringObj, Tcl_NewUnicodeObj, Tcl_SetStringObj, Tcl_SetUnicodeObj, Tcl_GetStringFromObj, Tcl_GetString, Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj, Tcl_GetUnicode, Tcl_GetUniChar, Tcl_GetCharLength, Tcl_GetRange, Tcl_AppendToObj, Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj, Tcl_AppendObjToObj, Tcl_AppendStringsToObj, Tcl_AppendStringsToObjVA, Tcl_AppendLimitedToObj, Tcl_Format, Tcl_AppendFormatToObj, Tcl_ObjPrintf, Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj, Tcl_SetObjLength, Tcl_AttemptSetObjLength, Tcl_ConcatObj \- manipulate Tcl values as strings
+Tcl_NewStringObj, Tcl_NewUnicodeObj, Tcl_SetStringObj, Tcl_SetUnicodeObj, Tcl_GetStringFromObj, Tcl_GetString, Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj, Tcl_GetUnicode, Tcl_GetUniChar, Tcl_GetCharLength, Tcl_GetRange, Tcl_AppendToObj, Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj, Tcl_AppendObjToObj, Tcl_AppendStringsToObj, Tcl_AppendLimitedToObj, Tcl_Format, Tcl_AppendFormatToObj, Tcl_ObjPrintf, Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj, Tcl_SetObjLength, Tcl_AttemptSetObjLength, Tcl_ConcatObj \- manipulate Tcl values as strings
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -59,9 +59,6 @@ void
 \fBTcl_AppendStringsToObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, string, string, ... \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
 .sp
 void
-\fBTcl_AppendStringsToObjVA\fR(\fIobjPtr, argList\fR)
-.sp
-void
 \fBTcl_AppendLimitedToObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, bytes, length, limit, ellipsis\fR)
 .sp
 Tcl_Obj *
@@ -91,7 +88,7 @@ Points to the first byte of an array of UTF-8-encoded bytes
 used to set or append to a string value.
 This byte array may contain embedded null characters
 unless \fInumChars\fR is negative.  (Applications needing null bytes
-should represent them as the two-byte sequence \fI\e300\e200\fR, use
+should represent them as the two-byte sequence \fI\e700\e600\fR, use
 \fBTcl_ExternalToUtf\fR to convert, or \fBTcl_NewByteArrayObj\fR if
 the string is a collection of uninterpreted bytes.)
 .AP int length in
@@ -247,12 +244,6 @@ values may contain internal null characters).  Any number of
 \fIstring\fR arguments may be provided, but the last argument
 must be a NULL pointer to indicate the end of the list.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_AppendStringsToObjVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_AppendStringsToObj\fR
-except that instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an
-argument list.  Interfaces using argument lists have been found to be
-nonportable in practice. This function is deprecated and will be removed
-in Tcl 9.0.
-.PP
 \fBTcl_AppendLimitedToObj\fR is similar to \fBTcl_AppendToObj\fR
 except that it imposes a limit on how many bytes are appended.
 This can be handy when the string to be appended might be
@@ -28,10 +28,10 @@ First, the Tcl interpreter breaks the command into \fIwords\fR
 and performs substitutions as described below.
 These substitutions are performed in the same way for all
 commands.
-Secondly, the first word is used to locate a routine to
-carry out the command, and the remaining words of the command are
-passed to that routine.
-The routine is free to interpret each of its words
+Secondly, the first word is used to locate a command procedure to
+carry out the command, then all of the words of the command are
+passed to the command procedure.
+The command procedure is free to interpret each of its words
 in any way it likes, such as an integer, variable name, list,
 or Tcl script.
 Different commands interpret their words differently.
@@ -189,8 +189,6 @@ procedure (if any) returns.  In non-interactive mode, after
 \fBTcl_Main\fR evaluates the startup script, and the main loop
 procedure (if any) returns, \fBTcl_Main\fR will also evaluate
 the \fBexit\fR command.
-.PP
-\fBTcl_Main\fR can not be used in stub-enabled extensions.
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 tclsh(1), Tcl_GetStdChannel(3), Tcl_StandardChannels(3), Tcl_AppInit(3),
 exit(n), encoding(n)
@@ -45,9 +45,7 @@ int
 .AP Tcl_Condition *condPtr in
 A condition variable, which must be associated with a mutex lock.
 .AP Tcl_Mutex *mutexPtr in
-.VS TIP509
-A recursive mutex lock.
-.VE TIP509
+A mutex lock.
 .AP "const Tcl_Time" *timePtr in
 A time limit on the condition wait.  NULL to wait forever.
 Note that a polling value of 0 seconds does not make much sense.
@@ -142,12 +140,8 @@ of code by calling \fBTcl_MutexLock\fR and \fBTcl_MutexUnlock\fR.
 If one thread holds a mutex, any other thread calling \fBTcl_MutexLock\fR will
 block until \fBTcl_MutexUnlock\fR is called.
 A mutex can be destroyed after its use by calling \fBTcl_MutexFinalize\fR.
-.VS TIP509
-Mutexes are reentrant: they can be locked several times from the same
-thread. However there must be exactly one call to
-\fBTcl_MutexUnlock\fR for each call to \fBTcl_MutexLock\fR in order
-for a thread to release a mutex completely.
-.VE TIP509
+The result of locking a mutex twice from the same thread is undefined.
+On some platforms it will result in a deadlock.
 The \fBTcl_MutexLock\fR, \fBTcl_MutexUnlock\fR and \fBTcl_MutexFinalize\fR
 procedures are defined as empty macros if not compiling with threads enabled.
 For declaration of mutexes the \fBTCL_DECLARE_MUTEX\fR macro should be used.
@@ -78,5 +78,11 @@ turns each character in the string into its lower-case equivalent.
 turns the first character in the string into its title-case equivalent
 and all following characters into their lower-case equivalents.

+.SH BUGS
+.PP
+At this time, the case conversions are only defined for the ISO8859-1
+characters.  Unicode characters above 0x00ff are not modified by these
+routines.
+
 .SH KEYWORDS
 utf, unicode, toupper, tolower, totitle, case
@@ -331,11 +331,11 @@ trace procedures will always be invoked.
 .SH "RESTRICTIONS"
 .PP
 A trace procedure can be called at any time, even when there
-are partially formed results stored in the interpreter.  If
+is a partially formed result in the interpreter's result area.  If
 the trace procedure does anything that could damage this result (such
-as calling \fBTcl_Eval\fR) then it must use the \fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR
-and related routines to save and restore the original state of
-the interpreter before it returns.
+as calling \fBTcl_Eval\fR) then it must save the original values of
+the interpreter's \fBresult\fR and \fBfreeProc\fR fields and restore
+them before it returns.
 .SH "UNDEFINED VARIABLES"
 .PP
 It is legal to set a trace on an undefined variable.
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 .SH NAME
-Tcl_UniChar, Tcl_UniCharToUtf, Tcl_UtfToUniChar, Tcl_UtfToChar16, Tcl_UtfToWChar, Tcl_UniCharToUtfDString, Tcl_UtfToUniCharDString, Tcl_Char16ToUtfDString, Tcl_UtfToWCharDString, Tcl_UtfToChar16DString, Tcl_UniCharLen, Tcl_UniCharNcmp, Tcl_UniCharNcasecmp, Tcl_UniCharCaseMatch, Tcl_UtfNcmp, Tcl_UtfNcasecmp, Tcl_UtfCharComplete, Tcl_NumUtfChars, Tcl_UtfFindFirst, Tcl_UtfFindLast, Tcl_UtfNext, Tcl_UtfPrev, Tcl_UniCharAtIndex, Tcl_UtfAtIndex, Tcl_UtfBackslash \- routines for manipulating UTF-8 strings
+Tcl_UniChar, Tcl_UniCharToUtf, Tcl_UtfToUniChar, Tcl_UniCharToUtfDString, Tcl_UtfToUniCharDString, Tcl_UniCharLen, Tcl_UniCharNcmp, Tcl_UniCharNcasecmp, Tcl_UniCharCaseMatch, Tcl_UtfNcmp, Tcl_UtfNcasecmp, Tcl_UtfCharComplete, Tcl_NumUtfChars, Tcl_UtfFindFirst, Tcl_UtfFindLast, Tcl_UtfNext, Tcl_UtfPrev, Tcl_UniCharAtIndex, Tcl_UtfAtIndex, Tcl_UtfBackslash \- routines for manipulating UTF-8 strings
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
@@ -21,30 +21,12 @@ int
 int
 \fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR(\fIsrc, chPtr\fR)
 .sp
-int
-\fBTcl_UtfToChar16\fR(\fIsrc, uPtr\fR)
-.sp
-int
-\fBTcl_UtfToWChar\fR(\fIsrc, wPtr\fR)
-.sp
 char *
 \fBTcl_UniCharToUtfDString\fR(\fIuniStr, uniLength, dsPtr\fR)
 .sp
-char *
-\fBTcl_Char16ToUtfDString\fR(\fIuStr, uniLength, dsPtr\fR)
-.sp
-char *
-\fBTcl_WCharToUtfDString\fR(\fIwStr, uniLength, dsPtr\fR)
-.sp
 Tcl_UniChar *
 \fBTcl_UtfToUniCharDString\fR(\fIsrc, length, dsPtr\fR)
 .sp
-unsigned short *
-\fBTcl_UtfToChar16DString\fR(\fIsrc, length, dsPtr\fR)
-.sp
-wchar_t *
-\fBTcl_UtfToWCharDString\fR(\fIsrc, length, dsPtr\fR)
-.sp
 int
 \fBTcl_UniCharLen\fR(\fIuniStr\fR)
 .sp
@@ -93,15 +75,11 @@ int
 .AS "const Tcl_UniChar" *uniPattern in/out
 .AP char *buf out
 Buffer in which the UTF-8 representation of the Tcl_UniChar is stored.  At most
-4 bytes are stored in the buffer.
+\fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR bytes are stored in the buffer.
 .AP int ch in
 The Unicode character to be converted or examined.
 .AP Tcl_UniChar *chPtr out
 Filled with the Tcl_UniChar represented by the head of the UTF-8 string.
-.AP unsigned short *uPtr out
-Filled with the utf-16 represented by the head of the UTF-8 string.
-.AP wchar_t *wPtr out
-Filled with the wchar_t represented by the head of the UTF-8 string.
 .AP "const char" *src in
 Pointer to a UTF-8 string.
 .AP "const char" *cs in
@@ -116,21 +94,12 @@ A null-terminated Unicode string.
 A null-terminated Unicode string.
 .AP "const Tcl_UniChar" *uniPattern in
 A null-terminated Unicode string.
-.AP "const unsigned short" *uStr in
-A null-terminated UTF-16 string.
-.AP "const wchar_t" *wStr in
-A null-terminated wchar_t string.
-.AP "const unsigned short" *utf16s in
-A null-terminated utf-16 string.
-.AP "const unsigned short" *utf16t in
-A null-terminated utf-16 string.
-.AP "const unsigned short" *utf16Pattern in
-A null-terminated utf-16 string.
 .AP int length in
 The length of the UTF-8 string in bytes (not UTF-8 characters).  If
 negative, all bytes up to the first null byte are used.
 .AP int uniLength in
-The length of the Unicode string in characters.
+The length of the Unicode string in characters.  Must be greater than or
+equal to 0.
 .AP "Tcl_DString" *dsPtr in/out
 A pointer to a previously initialized \fBTcl_DString\fR.
 .AP "unsigned long" numChars in
@@ -144,7 +113,7 @@ If non-NULL, filled with the number of bytes in the backslash sequence,
 including the backslash character.
 .AP char *dst out
 Buffer in which the bytes represented by the backslash sequence are stored.
-At most 4 bytes are stored in the buffer.
+At most \fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR bytes are stored in the buffer.
 .AP int nocase in
 Specifies whether the match should be done case-sensitive (0) or
 case-insensitive (1).
@@ -152,21 +121,18 @@ case-insensitive (1).

 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .PP
-These routines convert between UTF-8 strings and Unicode/Utf-16 characters.
-A UTF-8 character is a Unicode character represented as a varying-length
-sequence of up to \fB4\fR bytes.  A multibyte UTF-8 sequence
-consists of a lead byte followed by some number of trail bytes.
+These routines convert between UTF-8 strings and Tcl_UniChars.  A
+Tcl_UniChar is a Unicode character represented as an unsigned, fixed-size
+quantity.  A UTF-8 character is a Unicode character represented as
+a varying-length sequence of up to \fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR bytes.  A multibyte UTF-8
+sequence consists of a lead byte followed by some number of trail bytes.
 .PP
-\fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR is the maximum number of bytes that \fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR
-can consume in a single call.
+\fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR is the maximum number of bytes that it takes to
+represent one Unicode character in the UTF-8 representation.
 .PP
-\fBTcl_UniCharToUtf\fR stores the character \fIch\fR as a UTF-8 string
+\fBTcl_UniCharToUtf\fR stores the Tcl_UniChar \fIch\fR as a UTF-8 string
 in starting at \fIbuf\fR.  The return value is the number of bytes stored
-in \fIbuf\fR. If ch is a high surrogate (range U+D800 - U+DBFF), then
-the return value will be 1 and a single byte in the range 0xF0 - 0xF4
-will be stored. If you still want to produce UTF-8 output for it (even
-though knowing it's an illegal code-point on its own), just call
-\fBTcl_UniCharToUtf\fR again specifying ch = -1.
+in \fIbuf\fR.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR reads one UTF-8 character starting at \fIsrc\fR
 and stores it as a Tcl_UniChar in \fI*chPtr\fR.  The return value is the
@@ -178,11 +144,12 @@ a byte in the range 0x80 - 0x9F, \fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR assumes the
 cp1252 encoding, stores the corresponding Tcl_UniChar in \fI*chPtr\fR
 and returns 1. If the input is otherwise
 not in proper UTF-8 format, \fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR will store the first
-byte of \fIsrc\fR in \fI*chPtr\fR as a Tcl_UniChar between 0x00A0 and
-0x00FF and return 1.
+byte of \fIsrc\fR in \fI*chPtr\fR as a Tcl_UniChar between 0x0000 and
+0x00ff and return 1.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_UniCharToUtfDString\fR converts the given Unicode string
 to UTF-8, storing the result in a previously initialized \fBTcl_DString\fR.
+You must specify \fIuniLength\fR, the length of the given Unicode string.
 The return value is a pointer to the UTF-8 representation of the
 Unicode string.  Storage for the return value is appended to the
 end of the \fBTcl_DString\fR.
@@ -236,7 +203,7 @@ of \fIlength\fR bytes is long enough to be decoded by
 \fBTcl_UtfToUniChar\fR, or 0 otherwise.  This function does not guarantee
 that the UTF-8 string is properly formed.  This routine is used by
 procedures that are operating on a byte at a time and need to know if a
-full Unicode character has been seen.
+full Tcl_UniChar has been seen.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_NumUtfChars\fR corresponds to \fBstrlen\fR for UTF-8 strings.  It
 returns the number of Tcl_UniChars that are represented by the UTF-8 string
@@ -244,12 +211,12 @@ returns the number of Tcl_UniChars that are represented by the UTF-8 string
 length is negative, all bytes up to the first null byte are used.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_UtfFindFirst\fR corresponds to \fBstrchr\fR for UTF-8 strings.  It
-returns a pointer to the first occurrence of the Unicode character \fIch\fR
+returns a pointer to the first occurrence of the Tcl_UniChar \fIch\fR
 in the null-terminated UTF-8 string \fIsrc\fR.  The null terminator is
 considered part of the UTF-8 string.
 .PP
 \fBTcl_UtfFindLast\fR corresponds to \fBstrrchr\fR for UTF-8 strings.  It
-returns a pointer to the last occurrence of the Unicode character \fIch\fR
+returns a pointer to the last occurrence of the Tcl_UniChar \fIch\fR
 in the null-terminated UTF-8 string \fIsrc\fR.  The null terminator is
 considered part of the UTF-8 string.
 .PP
@@ -282,7 +249,7 @@ the return pointer points to the first character in the source string.
 \fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR is a utility procedure used by several of the Tcl
 commands.  It parses a backslash sequence and stores the properly formed
 UTF-8 character represented by the backslash sequence in the output
-buffer \fIdst\fR.  At most 4 bytes are stored in the buffer.
+buffer \fIdst\fR.  At most \fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR bytes are stored in the buffer.
 \fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR modifies \fI*readPtr\fR to contain the number
 of bytes in the backslash sequence, including the backslash character.
 The return value is the number of bytes stored in the output buffer.
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-'\"
-'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Donal K. Fellows
-'\"
-'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
-'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
-'\"
-.TH abstract n 0.3 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
-.so man.macros
-.BS
-'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
-.SH NAME
-oo::abstract \- a class that does not allow direct instances of itself
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-package require TclOO
-
-\fBoo::abstract\fI method \fR?\fIarg ...\fR?
-.fi
-.SH "CLASS HIERARCHY"
-.nf
-\fBoo::object\fR
-   \(-> \fBoo::class\fR
-       \(-> \fBoo::abstract\fR
-.fi
-.BE
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-Abstract classes are classes that can contain definitions, but which cannot be
-directly manufactured; they are intended to only ever be inherited from and
-instantiated indirectly. The characteristic methods of \fBoo::class\fR
-(\fBcreate\fR and \fBnew\fR) are not exported by an instance of
-\fBoo::abstract\fR.
-.PP
-Note that \fBoo::abstract\fR is not itself an instance of \fBoo::abstract\fR.
-.SS CONSTRUCTOR
-The \fBoo::abstract\fR class does not define an explicit constructor; this
-means that it is effectively the same as the constructor of the
-\fBoo::class\fR class.
-.SS DESTRUCTOR
-The \fBoo::abstract\fR class does not define an explicit destructor;
-destroying an instance of it is just like destroying an ordinary class (and
-will destroy all its subclasses).
-.SS "EXPORTED METHODS"
-The \fBoo::abstract\fR class defines no new exported methods.
-.SS "NON-EXPORTED METHODS"
-The \fBoo::abstract\fR class explicitly states that \fBcreate\fR,
-\fBcreateWithNamespace\fR, and \fBnew\fR are unexported.
-.SH EXAMPLES
-.PP
-This example defines a simple class hierarchy and creates a new instance of
-it. It then invokes a method of the object before destroying the hierarchy and
-showing that the destruction is transitive.
-.PP
-.CS
-\fBoo::abstract\fR create fruit {
-    method eat {} {
-        puts "yummy!"
-    }
-}
-oo::class create banana {
-    superclass fruit
-    method peel {} {
-        puts "skin now off"
-    }
-}
-set b [banana \fBnew\fR]
-$b peel              \fI\(-> prints 'skin now off'\fR
-$b eat               \fI\(-> prints 'yummy!'\fR
-set f [fruit new]    \fI\(-> error 'unknown method "new"...'\fR
-.CE
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-oo::define(n), oo::object(n)
-.SH KEYWORDS
-abstract class, class, metaclass, object
-.\" Local variables:
-.\" mode: nroff
-.\" fill-column: 78
-.\" End:
@@ -20,11 +20,6 @@ Append all of the \fIvalue\fR arguments to the current value
 of variable \fIvarName\fR.  If \fIvarName\fR does not exist,
 it is given a value equal to the concatenation of all the
 \fIvalue\fR arguments.
-.VS TIP508
-If \fIvarName\fR indicate an element that does not exist of an array that has
-a default value set, the concatenation of the default value and all the
-\fIvalue\fR arguments will be stored in the array element.
-.VE TIP508
 The result of this command is the new value stored in variable
 \fIvarName\fR.
 This command provides an efficient way to build up long
@@ -49,7 +44,6 @@ puts $var
 concat(n), lappend(n)
 .SH KEYWORDS
 append, variable
-.\" Local variables:
-.\" mode: nroff
-.\" fill-column: 78
-.\" End:
+'\" Local Variables:
+'\" mode: nroff
+'\" End:
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 '\"
-.TH array n 8.7 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
+.TH array n 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
 .so man.macros
 .BS
 '\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
@@ -36,53 +36,6 @@ with an empty name, since the return value from
 \fBarray nextelement\fR will not indicate whether the search
 has been completed.
 .TP
-\fBarray default \fIsubcommand arrayName args...\fR
-.VS TIP508
-Manages the default value of the array. Arrays initially have no default
-value, but this command allows you to set one; the default value will be
-returned when reading from an element of the array \fIarrayName\fR if the read
-would otherwise result in an error. Note that this may cause the \fBappend\fR,
-\fBdict\fR, \fBincr\fR and \fBlappend\fR commands to change their behavior in
-relation to non-existing array elements.
-.RS
-.PP
-The \fIsubcommand\fR argument controls what exact operation will be performed
-on the default value of \fIarrayName\fR. Supported \fIsubcommand\fRs are:
-.VE TIP508
-.TP
-\fBarray default exists \fIarrayName\fR
-.VS TIP508
-This returns a boolean value indicating whether a default value has been set
-for the array \fIarrayName\fR. Returns a false value if \fIarrayName\fR does
-not exist. Raises an error if \fIarrayName\fR is an existing variable that is
-not an array.
-.VE TIP508
-.TP
-\fBarray default get \fIarrayName\fR
-.VS TIP508
-This returns the current default value for the array \fIarrayName\fR.  Raises
-an error if \fIarrayName\fR is an existing variable that is not an array, or
-if \fIarrayName\fR is an array without a default value.
-.VE TIP508
-.TP
-\fBarray default set \fIarrayName value\fR
-.VS TIP508
-This sets the default value for the array \fIarrayName\fR to \fIvalue\fR.
-Returns the empty string. Raises an error if \fIarrayName\fR is an existing
-variable that is not an array, or if \fIarrayName\fR is an illegal name for an
-array. If \fIarrayName\fR does not currently exist, it is created as an empty
-array as well as having its default value set.
-.VE TIP508
-.TP
-\fBarray default unset \fIarrayName\fR
-.VS TIP508
-This removes the default value for the array \fIarrayName\fR and returns the
-empty string. Does nothing if \fIarrayName\fR does not have a default
-value. Raises an error if \fIarrayName\fR is an existing variable that is not
-an array.
-.VE TIP508
-.RE
-.TP
 \fBarray donesearch \fIarrayName searchId\fR
 This command terminates an array search and destroys all the
 state associated with that search.  \fISearchId\fR indicates
@@ -241,7 +194,3 @@ foreach color [lsort [\fBarray names\fR colorcount]] {
 list(n), string(n), variable(n), trace(n), foreach(n)
 .SH KEYWORDS
 array, element names, search
-.\" Local variables:
-.\" mode: nroff
-.\" fill-column: 78
-.\" End:
@@ -12,10 +12,12 @@
 .SH NAME
 binary \- Insert and extract fields from binary strings
 .SH SYNOPSIS
+.VS 8.6
 \fBbinary decode \fIformat\fR ?\fI\-option value ...\fR? \fIdata\fR
 .br
 \fBbinary encode \fIformat\fR ?\fI\-option value ...\fR? \fIdata\fR
 .br
+.VE 8.6
 \fBbinary format \fIformatString \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
 .br
 \fBbinary scan \fIstring formatString \fR?\fIvarName varName ...\fR?
@@ -29,9 +31,11 @@ architecture, it might produce an 8-byte binary string consisting of
 two 4-byte integers, one for each of the numbers.  The subcommand
 \fBbinary scan\fR, does the opposite: it extracts data
 from a binary string and returns it as ordinary Tcl string values.
+.VS 8.6
 The \fBbinary encode\fR and \fBbinary decode\fR subcommands convert
 binary data to or from string encodings such as base64 (used in MIME
 messages for example).
+.VE 8.6
 .PP
 Note that other operations on binary data, such as taking a subsequence of it,
 getting its length, or reinterpreting it as a string in some encoding, are
@@ -40,6 +44,7 @@ done by other Tcl commands (respectively \fBstring range\fR,
 binary string in Tcl is merely one where all the characters it contains are in
 the range \eu0000\-\eu00FF.
 .SH "BINARY ENCODE AND DECODE"
+.VS 8.6
 .PP
 When encoding binary data as a readable string, the starting binary data is
 passed to the \fBbinary encode\fR command, together with the name of the
@@ -123,6 +128,7 @@ characters. Otherwise it ignores them.
 Note that neither the encoder nor the decoder handle the header and footer of
 the uuencode format.
 .RE
+.VE 8.6
 .SH "BINARY FORMAT"
 .PP
 The \fBbinary format\fR command generates a binary string whose layout
@@ -137,9 +143,7 @@ Most field specifiers consume one argument to obtain the value to be
 formatted.  The type character specifies how the value is to be
 formatted.  The \fIcount\fR typically indicates how many items of the
 specified type are taken from the value.  If present, the \fIcount\fR
-is a non-negative decimal integer or
-.QW \fB*\fR ,
-which normally indicates
+is a non-negative decimal integer or \fB*\fR, which normally indicates
 that all of the items in the value are to be used.  If the number of
 arguments does not match the number of fields in the format string
 that consume arguments, then an error is generated. The flag character
@@ -147,7 +151,6 @@ is ignored for \fBbinary format\fR.
 .PP
 Here is a small example to clarify the relation between the field
 specifiers and the arguments:
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR d3d {1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0} 0.1
 .CE
@@ -175,63 +178,29 @@ not part of the ISO 8859\-1 character set.)
 If \fIarg\fR has fewer than \fIcount\fR bytes, then additional zero
 bytes are used to pad out the field.  If \fIarg\fR is longer than the
 specified length, the extra characters will be ignored.  If
-\fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR ,
-then all of the bytes in \fIarg\fR will be
+\fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR, then all of the bytes in \fIarg\fR will be
 formatted.  If \fIcount\fR is omitted, then one character will be
-formatted.  For example, the command:
+formatted.  For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR a7a*a alpha bravo charlie
 .CE
-.PP
-will return a binary string equivalent to:
-.PP
-.CS
-\fBalpha\e000\e000bravoc\fR
-.CE
-.PP
-the command:
-.PP
+will return a string equivalent to \fBalpha\e000\e000bravoc\fR,
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR a* [encoding convertto utf-8 \eu20ac]
 .CE
-.PP
-will return a binary string equivalent to:
-.PP
-.CS
-\fB\e342\e202\e254\fR
-.CE
-.PP
-(which is the
-UTF-8 byte sequence for a Euro-currency character), and the command:
-.PP
+will return a string equivalent to \fB\e342\e202\e254\fR (which is the
+UTF-8 byte sequence for a Euro-currency character) and
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR a* [encoding convertto iso8859-15 \eu20ac]
 .CE
-.PP
-will return a binary string equivalent to:
-.PP
-.CS
-\fB\e244\fR
-.CE
-.PP
-(which is the ISO
+will return a string equivalent to \fB\e244\fR (which is the ISO
 8859\-15 byte sequence for a Euro-currency character). Contrast these
 last two with:
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR a* \eu20ac
 .CE
-.PP
-which returns a binary string equivalent to:
-.PP
-.CS
-\fB\e254\fR
-.CE
-.PP
-(i.e. \fB\exac\fR) by
+which returns a string equivalent to \fB\e254\fR (i.e. \fB\exac\fR) by
 truncating the high-bits of the character, and which is probably not
 what is desired.
 .RE
@@ -239,62 +208,42 @@ what is desired.
 This form is the same as \fBa\fR except that spaces are used for
 padding instead of nulls.  For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR A6A*A alpha bravo charlie
 .CE
-.PP
-will return
-.PP
-.CS
-\fBalpha bravoc\fR
-.CE
+will return \fBalpha bravoc\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fBb\fR 5
 Stores a string of \fIcount\fR binary digits in low-to-high order
-within each byte in the output binary string.  \fIArg\fR must contain a
+within each byte in the output string.  \fIArg\fR must contain a
 sequence of \fB1\fR and \fB0\fR characters.  The resulting bytes are
 emitted in first to last order with the bits being formatted in
 low-to-high order within each byte.  If \fIarg\fR has fewer than
 \fIcount\fR digits, then zeros will be used for the remaining bits.
 If \fIarg\fR has more than the specified number of digits, the extra
-digits will be ignored.  If \fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR ,
-then all of the
+digits will be ignored.  If \fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR, then all of the
 digits in \fIarg\fR will be formatted.  If \fIcount\fR is omitted,
 then one digit will be formatted.  If the number of bits formatted
 does not end at a byte boundary, the remaining bits of the last byte
 will be zeros.  For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR b5b* 11100 111000011010
 .CE
-.PP
-will return a binary string equivalent to:
-.PP
-.CS
-\fB\ex07\ex87\ex05\fR
-.CE
+will return a string equivalent to \fB\ex07\ex87\ex05\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fBB\fR 5
 This form is the same as \fBb\fR except that the bits are stored in
 high-to-low order within each byte.  For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR B5B* 11100 111000011010
 .CE
-.PP
-will return a binary string equivalent to:
-.PP
-.CS
-\fB\exe0\exe1\exa0\fR
-.CE
+will return a string equivalent to \fB\exe0\exe1\exa0\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fBH\fR 5
 Stores a string of \fIcount\fR hexadecimal digits in high-to-low
-within each byte in the output binary string.  \fIArg\fR must contain a
+within each byte in the output string.  \fIArg\fR must contain a
 sequence of characters in the set
 .QW 0123456789abcdefABCDEF .
 The resulting bytes are emitted in first to last order with the hex digits
@@ -302,66 +251,43 @@ being formatted in high-to-low order within each byte.  If \fIarg\fR
 has fewer than \fIcount\fR digits, then zeros will be used for the
 remaining digits.  If \fIarg\fR has more than the specified number of
 digits, the extra digits will be ignored.  If \fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR ,
-then all of the digits in \fIarg\fR will be formatted.  If
+\fB*\fR, then all of the digits in \fIarg\fR will be formatted.  If
 \fIcount\fR is omitted, then one digit will be formatted.  If the
 number of digits formatted does not end at a byte boundary, the
 remaining bits of the last byte will be zeros.  For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR H3H*H2 ab DEF 987
 .CE
-.PP
-will return a binary string equivalent to:
-.PP
-.CS
-\fB\exab\ex00\exde\exf0\ex98\fR
-.CE
+will return a string equivalent to \fB\exab\ex00\exde\exf0\ex98\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fBh\fR 5
 This form is the same as \fBH\fR except that the digits are stored in
 low-to-high order within each byte. This is seldom required. For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR h3h*h2 AB def 987
 .CE
-.PP
-will return a binary string equivalent to:
-.PP
-.CS
-\fB\exba\ex00\exed\ex0f\ex89\fR
-.CE
+will return a string equivalent to \fB\exba\ex00\exed\ex0f\ex89\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fBc\fR 5
 Stores one or more 8-bit integer values in the output string.  If no
 \fIcount\fR is specified, then \fIarg\fR must consist of an integer
 value. If \fIcount\fR is specified, \fIarg\fR must consist of a list
 containing at least that many integers. The low-order 8 bits of each integer
-are stored as a one-byte value at the cursor position.  If \fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR ,
-then all of the integers in the list are formatted. If the
+are stored as a one-byte value at the cursor position.  If \fIcount\fR
+is \fB*\fR, then all of the integers in the list are formatted. If the
 number of elements in the list is greater
 than \fIcount\fR, then the extra elements are ignored.  For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR c3cc* {3 -3 128 1} 260 {2 5}
 .CE
-.PP
-will return a binary string equivalent to:
-.PP
-.CS
-\fB\ex03\exfd\ex80\ex04\ex02\ex05\fR
-.CE
-.PP
-whereas:
-.PP
+will return a string equivalent to
+\fB\ex03\exfd\ex80\ex04\ex02\ex05\fR, whereas
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR c {2 5}
 .CE
-.PP
 will generate an error.
 .RE
 .IP \fBs\fR 5
@@ -371,32 +297,22 @@ low-order 16-bits of each integer are stored as a two-byte value at
 the cursor position with the least significant byte stored first.  For
 example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR s3 {3 -3 258 1}
 .CE
-.PP
-will return a binary string equivalent to:
-.PP
-.CS
-\fB\ex03\ex00\exfd\exff\ex02\ex01\fR
-.CE
+will return a string equivalent to
+\fB\ex03\ex00\exfd\exff\ex02\ex01\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fBS\fR 5
 This form is the same as \fBs\fR except that it stores one or more
 16-bit integers in big-endian byte order in the output string.  For
 example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR S3 {3 -3 258 1}
 .CE
-.PP
-will return a binary string equivalent to:
-.PP
-.CS
-\fB\ex00\ex03\exff\exfd\ex01\ex02\fR
-.CE
+will return a string equivalent to
+\fB\ex00\ex03\exff\exfd\ex01\ex02\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fBt\fR 5
 This form (mnemonically \fItiny\fR) is the same as \fBs\fR and \fBS\fR
@@ -411,32 +327,22 @@ low-order 32-bits of each integer are stored as a four-byte value at
 the cursor position with the least significant byte stored first.  For
 example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR i3 {3 -3 65536 1}
 .CE
-.PP
-will return a binary string equivalent to:
-.PP
-.CS
+will return a string equivalent to
 \fB\ex03\ex00\ex00\ex00\exfd\exff\exff\exff\ex00\ex00\ex01\ex00\fR
-.CE
 .RE
 .IP \fBI\fR 5
 This form is the same as \fBi\fR except that it stores one or more one
 or more 32-bit integers in big-endian byte order in the output string.
 For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR I3 {3 -3 65536 1}
 .CE
-.PP
-will return a binary string equivalent to:
-.PP
-.CS
+will return a string equivalent to
 \fB\ex00\ex00\ex00\ex03\exff\exff\exff\exfd\ex00\ex01\ex00\ex00\fR
-.CE
 .RE
 .IP \fBn\fR 5
 This form (mnemonically \fInumber\fR or \fInormal\fR) is the same as
@@ -452,24 +358,20 @@ low-order 64-bits of each integer are stored as an eight-byte value at
 the cursor position with the least significant byte stored first.  For
 example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR w 7810179016327718216
 .CE
-.PP
-will return the binary string \fBHelloTcl\fR.
+will return the string \fBHelloTcl\fR
 .RE
 .IP \fBW\fR 5
 This form is the same as \fBw\fR except that it stores one or more one
 or more 64-bit integers in big-endian byte order in the output string.
 For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR Wc 4785469626960341345 110
 .CE
-.PP
-will return the binary string \fBBigEndian\fR
+will return the string \fBBigEndian\fR
 .RE
 .IP \fBm\fR 5
 This form (mnemonically the mirror of \fBw\fR) is the same as \fBw\fR
@@ -492,16 +394,11 @@ double-precision floating point numbers internally, there may be some
 loss of precision in the conversion to single-precision.  For example,
 on a Windows system running on an Intel Pentium processor,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR f2 {1.6 3.4}
 .CE
-.PP
-will return a binary string equivalent to:
-.PP
-.CS
-\fB\excd\excc\excc\ex3f\ex9a\ex99\ex59\ex40\fR
-.CE
+will return a string equivalent to
+\fB\excd\excc\excc\ex3f\ex9a\ex99\ex59\ex40\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fBr\fR 5
 This form (mnemonically \fIreal\fR) is the same as \fBf\fR except that
@@ -518,16 +415,11 @@ or more double-precision floating point numbers in the machine's native
 representation in the output string.  For example, on a
 Windows system running on an Intel Pentium processor,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR d1 {1.6}
 .CE
-.PP
-will return a binary string equivalent to:
-.PP
-.CS
-\fB\ex9a\ex99\ex99\ex99\ex99\ex99\exf9\ex3f\fR
-.CE
+will return a string equivalent to
+\fB\ex9a\ex99\ex99\ex99\ex99\ex99\exf9\ex3f\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fBq\fR 5
 This form (mnemonically the mirror of \fBd\fR) is the same as \fBd\fR
@@ -540,37 +432,26 @@ This form is the same as \fBq\fR except that it stores the
 double-precision floating point numbers in big-endian order.
 .IP \fBx\fR 5
 Stores \fIcount\fR null bytes in the output string.  If \fIcount\fR is
-not specified, stores one null byte.  If \fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR ,
+not specified, stores one null byte.  If \fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR,
 generates an error.  This type does not consume an argument.  For
 example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR a3xa3x2a3 abc def ghi
 .CE
-.PP
-will return a binary string equivalent to:
-.PP
-.CS
-\fBabc\e000def\e000\e000ghi\fR
-.CE
+will return a string equivalent to \fBabc\e000def\e000\e000ghi\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fBX\fR 5
 Moves the cursor back \fIcount\fR bytes in the output string.  If
-\fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR
-or is larger than the current cursor position,
+\fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR or is larger than the current cursor position,
 then the cursor is positioned at location 0 so that the next byte
 stored will be the first byte in the result string.  If \fIcount\fR is
 omitted then the cursor is moved back one byte.  This type does not
 consume an argument.  For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR a3X*a3X2a3 abc def ghi
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fBdghi\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fB@\fR 5
@@ -579,22 +460,14 @@ specified by \fIcount\fR.  Position 0 refers to the first byte in the
 output string.  If \fIcount\fR refers to a position beyond the last
 byte stored so far, then null bytes will be placed in the uninitialized
 locations and the cursor will be placed at the specified location.  If
-\fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR ,
-then the cursor is moved to the current end of
+\fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR, then the cursor is moved to the current end of
 the output string.  If \fIcount\fR is omitted, then an error will be
 generated.  This type does not consume an argument. For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary format\fR a5@2a1@*a3@10a1 abcde f ghi j
 .CE
-.PP
-will return
-.PP
-.CS
-\fBabfdeghi\e000\e000j\fR
-.CE
+will return \fBabfdeghi\e000\e000j\fR.
 .RE
 .SH "BINARY SCAN"
 .PP
@@ -616,9 +489,8 @@ argument to obtain the variable into which the scanned values should
 be placed.  The type character specifies how the binary data is to be
 interpreted.  The \fIcount\fR typically indicates how many items of
 the specified type are taken from the data.  If present, the
-\fIcount\fR is a non-negative decimal integer or
-.QW \fB*\fR ,
-which normally indicates that all of the remaining items in the data are to
+\fIcount\fR is a non-negative decimal integer or \fB*\fR, which
+normally indicates that all of the remaining items in the data are to
 be used.  If there are not enough bytes left after the current cursor
 position to satisfy the current field specifier, then the
 corresponding variable is left untouched and \fBbinary scan\fR returns
@@ -632,7 +504,6 @@ is accepted for all field types but is ignored for non-integer fields.
 A similar example as with \fBbinary format\fR should explain the
 relation between field specifiers and arguments in case of the binary
 scan subcommand:
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR $bytes s3s first second
 .CE
@@ -644,15 +515,12 @@ If \fIbytes\fR contains fewer than 8 bytes (i.e. four 2-byte
 integers), no assignment to \fIsecond\fR will be made, and if
 \fIbytes\fR contains fewer than 6 bytes (i.e. three 2-byte integers),
 no assignment to \fIfirst\fR will be made.  Hence:
-.PP
 .CS
 puts [\fBbinary scan\fR abcdefg s3s first second]
 puts $first
 puts $second
 .CE
-.PP
 will print (assuming neither variable is set previously):
-.PP
 .CS
 1
 25185 25699 26213
@@ -664,17 +532,14 @@ It is \fIimportant\fR to note that the \fBc\fR, \fBs\fR, and \fBS\fR
 long data size values.  In doing this, values that have their high
 bit set (0x80 for chars, 0x8000 for shorts, 0x80000000 for ints),
 will be sign extended.  Thus the following will occur:
-.PP
 .CS
 set signShort [\fBbinary format\fR s1 0x8000]
 \fBbinary scan\fR $signShort s1 val; \fI# val == 0xFFFF8000\fR
 .CE
-.PP
 If you require unsigned values you can include the
 .QW u
 flag character following
 the field type. For example, to read an unsigned short value:
-.PP
 .CS
 set signShort [\fBbinary format\fR s1 0x8000]
 \fBbinary scan\fR $signShort su1 val; \fI# val == 0x00008000\fR
@@ -685,9 +550,8 @@ reading bytes from the current position.  The cursor is initially
 at position 0 at the beginning of the data.  The type may be any one of
 the following characters:
 .IP \fBa\fR 5
-The data is a byte string of length \fIcount\fR.  If \fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR ,
-then all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be
+The data is a byte string of length \fIcount\fR.  If \fIcount\fR
+is \fB*\fR, then all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be
 scanned into the variable.  If \fIcount\fR is omitted, then one
 byte will be scanned.
 All bytes scanned will be interpreted as being characters in the
@@ -696,30 +560,24 @@ needed if the string is not a binary string or a string encoded in ISO
 8859\-1.
 For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR abcde\e000fghi a6a10 var1 var2
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB1\fR with the string equivalent to \fBabcde\e000\fR
 stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fIvar2\fR left unmodified, and
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR \e342\e202\e254 a* var1
 set var2 [encoding convertfrom utf-8 $var1]
 .CE
-.PP
 will store a Euro-currency character in \fIvar2\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fBA\fR 5
 This form is the same as \fBa\fR, except trailing blanks and nulls are stripped from
 the scanned value before it is stored in the variable.  For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR "abc efghi  \e000" A* var1
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB1\fR with \fBabc efghi\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fBb\fR 5
@@ -730,16 +588,13 @@ and
 .QW 0
 characters.  The data bytes are scanned in first to last order with
 the bits being taken in low-to-high order within each byte.  Any extra
-bits in the last byte are ignored.  If \fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR ,
-then all of the remaining bits in \fIstring\fR will be scanned.  If
+bits in the last byte are ignored.  If \fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR, then
+all of the remaining bits in \fIstring\fR will be scanned.  If
 \fIcount\fR is omitted, then one bit will be scanned.  For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR \ex07\ex87\ex05 b5b* var1 var2
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB2\fR with \fB11100\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and
 \fB1110000110100000\fR stored in \fIvar2\fR.
 .RE
@@ -747,11 +602,9 @@ will return \fB2\fR with \fB11100\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and
 This form is the same as \fBb\fR, except the bits are taken in
 high-to-low order within each byte.  For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR \ex70\ex87\ex05 B5B* var1 var2
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB2\fR with \fB01110\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and
 \fB1000011100000101\fR stored in \fIvar2\fR.
 .RE
@@ -762,16 +615,13 @@ high-to-low order represented as a sequence of characters in the set
 The data bytes are scanned in first to last
 order with the hex digits being taken in high-to-low order within each
 byte. Any extra bits in the last byte are ignored. If \fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR ,
-then all of the remaining hex digits in \fIstring\fR will be
+\fB*\fR, then all of the remaining hex digits in \fIstring\fR will be
 scanned. If \fIcount\fR is omitted, then one hex digit will be
 scanned. For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR \ex07\exC6\ex05\ex1f\ex34 H3H* var1 var2
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB2\fR with \fB07c\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and
 \fB051f34\fR stored in \fIvar2\fR.
 .RE
@@ -779,11 +629,9 @@ will return \fB2\fR with \fB07c\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and
 This form is the same as \fBH\fR, except the digits are taken in
 reverse (low-to-high) order within each byte. For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR \ex07\ex86\ex05\ex12\ex34 h3h* var1 var2
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB2\fR with \fB706\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and
 \fB502143\fR stored in \fIvar2\fR.
 .PP
@@ -792,151 +640,135 @@ multiple bytes in order should use the \fBH\fR format.
 .RE
 .IP \fBc\fR 5
 The data is turned into \fIcount\fR 8-bit signed integers and stored
-in the corresponding variable as a list, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
-immediately after the \fBc\fR. If \fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR ,
+in the corresponding variable as a list. If \fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR,
 then all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be scanned.  If
 \fIcount\fR is omitted, then one 8-bit integer will be scanned.  For
 example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR \ex07\ex86\ex05 c2c* var1 var2
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB2\fR with \fB7 -122\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB5\fR
-stored in \fIvar2\fR.  Note that the integers returned are signed unless
-\fBcu\fR in place of \fBc\fR.
+stored in \fIvar2\fR.  Note that the integers returned are signed, but
+they can be converted to unsigned 8-bit quantities using an expression
+like:
+.CS
+set num [expr { $num & 0xff }]
+.CE
 .RE
 .IP \fBs\fR 5
 The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 16-bit signed integers
-represented in little-endian byte order, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
-immediately after the \fBs\fR.  The integers are stored in
-the corresponding variable as a list.  If \fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR ,
-then all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be scanned.  If
+represented in little-endian byte order.  The integers are stored in
+the corresponding variable as a list.  If \fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR, then
+all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be scanned.  If
 \fIcount\fR is omitted, then one 16-bit integer will be scanned.  For
 example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR \ex05\ex00\ex07\ex00\exf0\exff s2s* var1 var2
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB2\fR with \fB5 7\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB\-16\fR
-stored in \fIvar2\fR.  Note that the integers returned are signed unless
-\fBsu\fR is used in place of \fBs\fR.
+stored in \fIvar2\fR.  Note that the integers returned are signed, but
+they can be converted to unsigned 16-bit quantities using an expression
+like:
+.CS
+set num [expr { $num & 0xffff }]
+.CE
 .RE
 .IP \fBS\fR 5
 This form is the same as \fBs\fR except that the data is interpreted
-as \fIcount\fR 16-bit integers represented in big-endian byte
+as \fIcount\fR 16-bit signed integers represented in big-endian byte
 order.  For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR \ex00\ex05\ex00\ex07\exff\exf0 S2S* var1 var2
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB2\fR with \fB5 7\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB\-16\fR
 stored in \fIvar2\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fBt\fR 5
 The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 16-bit signed integers
 represented in the native byte order of the machine running the Tcl
-script, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
-immediately after the \fBt\fR.  It is otherwise identical to \fBs\fR and \fBS\fR.
+script.  It is otherwise identical to \fBs\fR and \fBS\fR.
 To determine what the native byte order of the machine is, refer to
 the \fBbyteOrder\fR element of the \fBtcl_platform\fR array.
 .IP \fBi\fR 5
 The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 32-bit signed integers
-represented in little-endian byte order, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
-immediately after the \fBi\fR.  The integers are stored in
-the corresponding variable as a list.  If \fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR ,
-then all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be scanned.  If
+represented in little-endian byte order.  The integers are stored in
+the corresponding variable as a list.  If \fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR, then
+all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be scanned.  If
 \fIcount\fR is omitted, then one 32-bit integer will be scanned.  For
 example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 set str \ex05\ex00\ex00\ex00\ex07\ex00\ex00\ex00\exf0\exff\exff\exff
 \fBbinary scan\fR $str i2i* var1 var2
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB2\fR with \fB5 7\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB\-16\fR
-stored in \fIvar2\fR.  Note that the integers returned are signed unless
-\fBiu\fR is used in place of \fBi\fR.
+stored in \fIvar2\fR.  Note that the integers returned are signed, but
+they can be converted to unsigned 32-bit quantities using an expression
+like:
+.CS
+set num [expr { $num & 0xffffffff }]
+.CE
 .RE
 .IP \fBI\fR 5
 This form is the same as \fBI\fR except that the data is interpreted
 as \fIcount\fR 32-bit signed integers represented in big-endian byte
-order, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
-immediately after the \fBI\fR.  For example,
+order.  For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 set str \ex00\ex00\ex00\ex05\ex00\ex00\ex00\ex07\exff\exff\exff\exf0
 \fBbinary scan\fR $str I2I* var1 var2
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB2\fR with \fB5 7\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB\-16\fR
 stored in \fIvar2\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fBn\fR 5
 The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 32-bit signed integers
 represented in the native byte order of the machine running the Tcl
-script, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
-immediately after the \fBn\fR.  It is otherwise identical to \fBi\fR and \fBI\fR.
+script.  It is otherwise identical to \fBi\fR and \fBI\fR.
 To determine what the native byte order of the machine is, refer to
 the \fBbyteOrder\fR element of the \fBtcl_platform\fR array.
 .IP \fBw\fR 5
 The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 64-bit signed integers
-represented in little-endian byte order, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
-immediately after the \fBw\fR.  The integers are stored in
-the corresponding variable as a list.  If \fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR ,
-then all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be scanned.  If
+represented in little-endian byte order.  The integers are stored in
+the corresponding variable as a list.  If \fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR, then
+all of the remaining bytes in \fIstring\fR will be scanned.  If
 \fIcount\fR is omitted, then one 64-bit integer will be scanned.  For
 example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 set str \ex05\ex00\ex00\ex00\ex07\ex00\ex00\ex00\exf0\exff\exff\exff
 \fBbinary scan\fR $str wi* var1 var2
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB2\fR with \fB30064771077\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and
-\fB\-16\fR stored in \fIvar2\fR.
+\fB\-16\fR stored in \fIvar2\fR.  Note that the integers returned are
+signed and cannot be represented by Tcl as unsigned values.
 .RE
 .IP \fBW\fR 5
 This form is the same as \fBw\fR except that the data is interpreted
 as \fIcount\fR 64-bit signed integers represented in big-endian byte
-order, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
-immediately after the \fBW\fR.  For example,
+order.  For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 set str \ex00\ex00\ex00\ex05\ex00\ex00\ex00\ex07\exff\exff\exff\exf0
 \fBbinary scan\fR $str WI* var1 var2
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB2\fR with \fB21474836487\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB\-16\fR
 stored in \fIvar2\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fBm\fR 5
 The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR 64-bit signed integers
 represented in the native byte order of the machine running the Tcl
-script, or as unsigned if \fBu\fR is placed
-immediately after the \fBm\fR.  It is otherwise identical to \fBw\fR and \fBW\fR.
+script.  It is otherwise identical to \fBw\fR and \fBW\fR.
 To determine what the native byte order of the machine is, refer to
 the \fBbyteOrder\fR element of the \fBtcl_platform\fR array.
 .IP \fBf\fR 5
 The data is interpreted as \fIcount\fR single-precision floating point
 numbers in the machine's native representation.  The floating point
 numbers are stored in the corresponding variable as a list.  If
-\fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR ,
-then all of the remaining bytes in
+\fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR, then all of the remaining bytes in
 \fIstring\fR will be scanned.  If \fIcount\fR is omitted, then one
 single-precision floating point number will be scanned.  The size of a
 floating point number may vary across architectures, so the number of
@@ -945,11 +777,9 @@ valid floating point number, the resulting value is undefined and
 compiler dependent.  For example, on a Windows system running on an
 Intel Pentium processor,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR \ex3f\excc\excc\excd f var1
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB1\fR with \fB1.6000000238418579\fR stored in
 \fIvar1\fR.
 .RE
@@ -969,11 +799,9 @@ as \fIcount\fR double-precision floating point numbers in the
 machine's native representation. For example, on a Windows system
 running on an Intel Pentium processor,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR \ex9a\ex99\ex99\ex99\ex99\ex99\exf9\ex3f d var1
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB1\fR with \fB1.6000000000000001\fR
 stored in \fIvar1\fR.
 .RE
@@ -989,36 +817,28 @@ order.  This conversion is not portable to the minority of systems not
 using IEEE floating point representations.
 .IP \fBx\fR 5
 Moves the cursor forward \fIcount\fR bytes in \fIstring\fR.  If
-\fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR
-or is larger than the number of bytes after the
+\fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR or is larger than the number of bytes after the
 current cursor position, then the cursor is positioned after
 the last byte in \fIstring\fR.  If \fIcount\fR is omitted, then the
 cursor is moved forward one byte.  Note that this type does not
 consume an argument.  For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR \ex01\ex02\ex03\ex04 x2H* var1
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB1\fR with \fB0304\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR.
 .RE
 .IP \fBX\fR 5
 Moves the cursor back \fIcount\fR bytes in \fIstring\fR.  If
-\fIcount\fR is
-.QW \fB*\fR
-or is larger than the current cursor position,
+\fIcount\fR is \fB*\fR or is larger than the current cursor position,
 then the cursor is positioned at location 0 so that the next byte
 scanned will be the first byte in \fIstring\fR.  If \fIcount\fR
 is omitted then the cursor is moved back one byte.  Note that this
 type does not consume an argument.  For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR \ex01\ex02\ex03\ex04 c2XH* var1 var2
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB2\fR with \fB1 2\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB020304\fR
 stored in \fIvar2\fR.
 .RE
@@ -1029,11 +849,9 @@ by \fIcount\fR.  Note that position 0 refers to the first byte in
 \fIstring\fR, then the cursor is positioned after the last byte.  If
 \fIcount\fR is omitted, then an error will be generated.  For example,
 .RS
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBbinary scan\fR \ex01\ex02\ex03\ex04 c2@1H* var1 var2
 .CE
-.PP
 will return \fB2\fR with \fB1 2\fR stored in \fIvar1\fR and \fB020304\fR
 stored in \fIvar2\fR.
 .RE
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-'\"
-'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Donal K. Fellows
-'\"
-'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
-'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
-'\"
-.TH callback n 0.3 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
-.so man.macros
-.BS
-'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
-.SH NAME
-callback, mymethod \- generate callbacks to methods
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-package require TclOO
-
-\fBcallback\fR \fImethodName\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR?
-\fBmymethod\fR \fImethodName\fR ?\fIarg ...\fR?
-.fi
-.BE
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The \fBcallback\fR command,
-'\" Based on notes in the tcllib docs, we know the provenance of mymethod
-also called \fBmymethod\fR for compatibility with the ooutil and snit packages
-of Tcllib,
-and which should only be used from within the context of a call to a method
-(i.e. inside a method, constructor or destructor body) is used to generate a
-script fragment that will invoke the method, \fImethodName\fR, on the current
-object (as reported by \fBself\fR) when executed. Any additional arguments
-provided will be provided as leading arguments to the callback. The resulting
-script fragment shall be a proper list.
-.PP
-Note that it is up to the caller to ensure that the current object is able to
-handle the call of \fImethodName\fR; this command does not check that.
-\fImethodName\fR may refer to any exported or unexported method, but may not
-refer to a private method as those can only be invoked directly from within
-methods. If there is no such method present at the point when the callback is
-invoked, the standard \fBunknown\fR method handler will be called.
-.SH EXAMPLE
-This is a simple echo server class. The \fBcallback\fR command is used in two
-places, to arrange for the incoming socket connections to be handled by the
-\fIAccept\fR method, and to arrange for the incoming bytes on those
-connections to be handled by the \fIReceive\fR method.
-.PP
-.CS
-oo::class create EchoServer {
-    variable server clients
-    constructor {port} {
-        set server [socket -server [\fBcallback\fR Accept] $port]
-        set clients {}
-    }
-    destructor {
-        chan close $server
-        foreach client [dict keys $clients] {
-            chan close $client
-        }
-    }
-
-    method Accept {channel clientAddress clientPort} {
-        dict set clients $channel [dict create \e
-                address $clientAddress port $clientPort]
-        chan event $channel readable [\fBcallback\fR Receive $channel]
-    }
-    method Receive {channel} {
-        if {[chan gets $channel line] >= 0} {
-            my echo $channel $line
-        } else {
-            chan close $channel
-            dict unset clients $channel
-        }
-    }
-
-    method echo {channel line} {
-        dict with clients $channel {
-            chan puts $channel \e
-                    [format {[%s:%d] %s} $address $port $line]
-        }
-    }
-}
-.CE
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-chan(n), fileevent(n), my(n), self(n), socket(n), trace(n)
-.SH KEYWORDS
-callback, object
-.\" Local Variables:
-.\" mode: nroff
-.\" fill-column: 78
-.\" End:
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-'\"
-'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
-'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
-'\"
-'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
-'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
-'\"
-.TH case n 7.0 Tcl "Tcl Built-In Commands"
-.so man.macros
-.BS
-'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
-.SH NAME
-case \- Evaluate one of several scripts, depending on a given value
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-\fBcase\fI string \fR?\fBin\fR? \fIpatList body \fR?\fIpatList body \fR...?
-.sp
-\fBcase\fI string \fR?\fBin\fR? {\fIpatList body \fR?\fIpatList body \fR...?}
-.BE
-
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.PP
-\fINote: the \fBcase\fI command is obsolete and is supported only
-for backward compatibility.  At some point in the future it may be
-removed entirely.  You should use the \fBswitch\fI command instead.\fR
-.PP
-The \fBcase\fR command matches \fIstring\fR against each of
-the \fIpatList\fR arguments in order.
-Each \fIpatList\fR argument is a list of one or
-more patterns.  If any of these patterns matches \fIstring\fR then
-\fBcase\fR evaluates the following \fIbody\fR argument
-by passing it recursively to the Tcl interpreter and returns the result
-of that evaluation.
-Each \fIpatList\fR argument consists of a single
-pattern or list of patterns.  Each pattern may contain any of the wild-cards
-described under \fBstring match\fR.  If a \fIpatList\fR
-argument is \fBdefault\fR, the corresponding body will be evaluated
-if no \fIpatList\fR matches \fIstring\fR.  If no \fIpatList\fR argument
-matches \fIstring\fR and no default is given, then the \fBcase\fR
-command returns an empty string.
-.PP
-Two syntaxes are provided for the \fIpatList\fR and \fIbody\fR arguments.
-The first uses a separate argument for each of the patterns and commands;
-this form is convenient if substitutions are desired on some of the
-patterns or commands.
-The second form places all of the patterns and commands together into
-a single argument; the argument must have proper list structure, with
-the elements of the list being the patterns and commands.
-The second form makes it easy to construct multi-line case commands,
-since the braces around the whole list make it unnecessary to include a
-backslash at the end of each line.
-Since the \fIpatList\fR arguments are in braces in the second form,
-no command or variable substitutions are performed on them;  this makes
-the behavior of the second form different than the first form in some
-cases.
-
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-switch(n)
-
-.SH KEYWORDS
-case, match, regular expression
@@ -56,7 +56,9 @@ When the return code from evaluation of \fIscript\fR is
 \fBTCL_ERROR\fR, four additional entries are defined in the dictionary
 of return options stored in \fIoptionsVarName\fR: \fB\-errorinfo\fR,
 \fB\-errorcode\fR, \fB\-errorline\fR, and
+.VS 8.6
 \fB\-errorstack\fR.
+.VE 8.6
 The value of the \fB\-errorinfo\fR entry is a formatted stack trace containing
 more information about the context in which the error happened.  The formatted
 stack trace is meant to be read by a person.  The value of the
@@ -65,6 +67,7 @@ list.  The \fB\-errorcode\fR value is meant to be further processed by
 programs, and may not be particularly readable by people.  The value of the
 \fB\-errorline\fR entry is an integer indicating which line of \fIscript\fR
 was being evaluated when the error occurred.
+.VS 8.6
 The value of the \fB\-errorstack\fR entry is an
 even-sized list made of token-parameter pairs accumulated while
 unwinding the stack. The token may be
@@ -84,11 +87,14 @@ the static text of the calling sites, and
 .IP [3]
 it is coarser-grained, with only one element per stack frame (like procs; no
 separate elements for \fBforeach\fR constructs for example).
+.VE 8.6
 .PP
 The values of the \fB\-errorinfo\fR and \fB\-errorcode\fR entries of
 the most recent error are also available as values of the global
 variables \fB::errorInfo\fR and \fB::errorCode\fR respectively.
+.VS 8.6
 The value of the \fB\-errorstack\fR entry surfaces as \fBinfo errorstack\fR.
+.VE 8.6
 .PP
 Tcl packages may provide commands that set other entries in the
 dictionary of return options, and the \fBreturn\fR command may be
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ home directory (as specified in the HOME environment variable) if
 Returns an empty string.
 Note that the current working directory is a per-process resource; the
 \fBcd\fR command changes the working directory for all interpreters
-and all threads.
+and (in a threaded environment) all threads.
 .SH EXAMPLES
 .PP
 Change to the home directory of the user \fBfred\fR:
@@ -41,7 +41,3 @@ current one:
 filename(n), glob(n), pwd(n)
 .SH KEYWORDS
 working directory
-'\" Local Variables:
-'\" mode: nroff
-'\" fill-column: 78
-'\" End:
@@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ turned on by default.
 .
 Close and destroy the channel called \fIchannelId\fR. Note that this
 deletes all existing file-events registered on the channel.
+.VS 8.6
 If the \fIdirection\fR argument (which must be \fBread\fR or \fBwrite\fR or
 any unique abbreviation of them) is present, the channel will only be
 half-closed, so that it can go from being read-write to write-only or
@@ -44,6 +45,7 @@ write-only channels. Without the \fIdirection\fR argument, the channel is
 closed for both reading and writing (but only if those directions are
 currently open). It is an error to close a read-only channel for writing, or a
 write-only channel for reading.
+.VE 8.6
 .RS
 .PP
 As part of closing the channel, all buffered output is flushed to the
@@ -81,10 +83,12 @@ an error occurs while flushing output.  If a command in a command
 pipeline created with \fBopen\fR returns an error, \fBchan close\fR
 generates an error (similar to the \fBexec\fR command.)
 .PP
+.VS 8.6
 Note that half-closes of sockets and command pipelines can have important side
 effects because they result in a shutdown() or close() of the underlying
 system resource, which can change how other processes or systems respond to
 the Tcl program.
+.VE 8.6
 .RE
 .TP
 \fBchan configure \fIchannelId\fR ?\fIoptionName\fR? ?\fIvalue\fR? ?\fIoptionName value\fR?...
@@ -536,6 +540,7 @@ an extremely long line that exceeds the available memory to buffer it).
 Returns -1 if the channel was not opened for the mode in question.
 .TP
 \fBchan pipe\fR
+.VS 8.6
 Creates a standalone pipe whose read- and write-side channels are
 returned as a 2-element list, the first element being the read side and
 the second the write side. Can be useful e.g. to redirect
@@ -556,13 +561,16 @@ is most likely to show up when using pipelines for testing; care should be
 taken to ensure that deadlocks do not occur and that potential short reads are
 allowed for.
 .RE
+.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBchan pop \fIchannelId\fR
+.VS 8.6
 Removes the topmost transformation from the channel \fIchannelId\fR, if there
 is any. If there are no transformations added to \fIchannelId\fR, this is
 equivalent to \fBchan close\fR of that channel. The result is normally the
 empty string, but can be an error in some situations (i.e. where the
 underlying system stream is closed and that results in an error).
+.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBchan postevent \fIchannelId eventSpec\fR
 .
@@ -601,6 +609,7 @@ executed in the interpreter that set them up.
 .RE
 .TP
 \fBchan push \fIchannelId cmdPrefix\fR
+.VS 8.6
 Adds a new transformation on top of the channel \fIchannelId\fR. The
 \fIcmdPrefix\fR argument describes a list of one or more words which represent
 a handler that will be used to implement the transformation. The command
@@ -609,6 +618,7 @@ The result of this subcommand is a handle to the transformation. Note that it
 is important to make sure that the transformation is capable of supporting the
 channel mode that it is used with or this can make the channel neither
 readable nor writable.
+.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBchan puts\fR ?\fB\-nonewline\fR? ?\fIchannelId\fR? \fIstring\fR
 .
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-'\"
-'\" Copyright (c) 2011-2015 Andreas Kupries
-'\" Copyright (c) 2018 Donal K. Fellows
-'\"
-'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
-'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
-'\"
-.TH classvariable n 0.3 TclOO "TclOO Commands"
-.so man.macros
-.BS
-'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
-.SH NAME
-classvariable \- create link from local variable to variable in class
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-package require TclOO
-
-\fBclassvariable\fR \fIvariableName\fR ?\fI...\fR?
-.fi
-.BE
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-The \fBclassvariable\fR command is available within methods. It takes a series
-of one or more variable names and makes them available in the method's scope;
-those variable names must not be qualified and must not refer to array
-elements. The originating scope for the variables is the namespace of the
-class that the method was defined by. In other words, the referenced variables
-are shared between all instances of that class.
-.PP
-Note: This command is equivalent to the command \fBtypevariable\fR provided by
-the snit package in tcllib for approximately the same purpose. If used in a
-method defined directly on a class instance (e.g., through the
-\fBoo::objdefine\fR \fBmethod\fR definition) this is very much like just
-using:
-.PP
-.CS
-namespace upvar [namespace current] $var $var
-.CE
-.PP
-for each variable listed to \fBclassvariable\fR.
-.SH EXAMPLE
-This class counts how many instances of it have been made.
-.PP
-.CS
-oo::class create Counted {
-    initialise {
-        variable count 0
-    }
-
-    variable number
-    constructor {} {
-        \fBclassvariable\fR count
-        set number [incr count]
-    }
-
-    method report {} {
-        \fBclassvariable\fR count
-        puts "This is instance $number of $count"
-    }
-}
-
-set a [Counted new]
-set b [Counted new]
-$a report
-        \fI\(-> This is instance 1 of 2\fR
-set c [Counted new]
-$b report
-        \fI\(-> This is instance 2 of 3\fR
-$c report
-        \fI\(-> This is instance 3 of 3\fR
-.CE
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-global(n), namespace(n), oo::class(n), oo::define(n), upvar(n), variable(n)
-.SH KEYWORDS
-class, class variable, variable
-.\" Local Variables:
-.\" mode: nroff
-.\" fill-column: 78
-.\" End:
@@ -452,19 +452,6 @@ If this situation occurs, the first occurrence of the time is chosen.
 (For this reason, it is wise to have the input string contain the
 time zone when converting local times.  This caveat does not apply to
 UTC times.)
-.PP
-If the interpretation of the groups yields an impossible time because
-a field is out of range, enough of that field's unit will be added to
-or subtracted from the time to bring it in range. Thus, if attempting to
-scan or format day 0 of the month, one day will be subtracted from day
-1 of the month, yielding the last day of the previous month.
-.PP
-If the interpretation of the groups yields an impossible time because
-a Daylight Saving Time change skips over that time, or an ambiguous
-time because a Daylight Saving Time change skips back so that the clock
-observes the given time twice, and no time zone specifier (\fB%z\fR
-or \fB%Z\fR) is present in the format, the time is interpreted as
-if the clock had not changed.
 .SH "FORMAT GROUPS"
 .PP
 The following format groups are recognized by the \fBclock scan\fR and
@@ -886,46 +873,40 @@ The \fIinputString\fR argument consists of zero or more specifications of the
 following form:
 .TP
 \fItime\fR
-.
-A time of day, which is of the form:
-.QW "\fIhh\fR?\fB:\fImm\fR?\fB:\fIss\fR?? ?\fImeridian\fR? ?\fIzone\fR?"
-or
-.QW "\fBhhmm \fR?\fBmeridian\fR? ?\fBzone\fR?" .
-If no \fImeridian\fR is specified, \fIhh\fR is interpreted on
+A time of day, which is of the form: \fBhh?:mm?:ss?? ?meridian? ?zone?\fR
+or \fBhhmm ?meridian? ?zone?\fR
+If no meridian is specified, \fBhh\fR is interpreted on
 a 24-hour clock.
 .TP
 \fIdate\fR
-.
 A specific month and day with optional year.  The
 acceptable formats are
-.QW "\fImm\fB/\fIdd\fR?\fB/\fIyy\fR?" ,
-.QW "\fImonthname dd\fR?\fB, \fIyy\fR?" ,
-.QW "\fIday\fB, \fIdd monthname \fR?\fIyy\fR?" ,
-.QW "\fIdd monthname yy\fR" ,
-.QW "?\fICC\fR?\fIyymmdd\fR" ,
+.QW "\fBmm/dd\fR?\fB/yy\fR?" ,
+.QW "\fBmonthname dd\fR?\fB, yy\fR?" ,
+.QW "\fBday, dd monthname \fR?\fByy\fR?" ,
+.QW "\fBdd monthname yy\fR" ,
+.QW "?\fBCC\fR?\fByymmdd\fR" ,
 and
-.QW "\fIdd\fB-\fImonthname\fB-\fR?\fICC\fR?\fIyy\fR" .
+.QW "\fBdd-monthname-\fR?\fBCC\fR?\fByy\fR" .
 The default year is the current year.  If the year is less
 than 100, we treat the years 00-68 as 2000-2068 and the years 69-99
 as 1969-1999.  Not all platforms can represent the years 38-70, so
 an error may result if these years are used.
 .TP
 \fIISO 8601 point-in-time\fR
-.
 An ISO 8601 point-in-time specification, such as
 .QW \fICCyymmdd\fBT\fIhhmmss\fR,
 where \fBT\fR is the literal
 .QW T ,
 .QW "\fICCyymmdd hhmmss\fR" ,
 or
-.QW \fICCyymmdd\fBT\fIhh\fB:\fImm\fB:\fIss\fR .
+.QW \fICCyymmdd\fBT\fIhh:mm:ss\fR .
 Note that only these three formats are accepted.
 The command does \fInot\fR accept the full range of point-in-time
 specifications specified in ISO8601.  Other formats can be recognized by
 giving an explicit \fB\-format\fR option to the \fBclock scan\fR command.
 .TP
 \fIrelative time\fR
-.
 A specification relative to the current time.  The format is \fBnumber
 unit\fR. Acceptable units are \fByear\fR, \fBfortnight\fR,
 \fBmonth\fR, \fBweek\fR, \fBday\fR,
@@ -49,13 +49,16 @@ When the last interpreter in which the channel is registered invokes
 .PP
 Channels are automatically closed when an interpreter is destroyed and
 when the process exits.
+.VS 8.6
 From 8.6 on (TIP#398), nonblocking channels are no longer switched to blocking mode when exiting; this guarantees a timely exit even when the peer or a communication channel is stalled. To ensure proper flushing of stalled nonblocking channels on exit, one must now either (a) actively switch them back to blocking or (b) use the environment variable TCL_FLUSH_NONBLOCKING_ON_EXIT,  which when set and not equal to "0" restores the previous behavior.
+.VE 8.6
 .PP
 The command returns an empty string, and may generate an error if
 an error occurs while flushing output.  If a command in a command
 pipeline created with \fBopen\fR returns an error, \fBclose\fR
 generates an error (similar to the \fBexec\fR command.)
 .PP
+.VS 8.6
 The two-argument form is a
 .QW "half-close" :
 given a bidirectional channel like a
@@ -77,6 +80,7 @@ abnormal exit error.
 .PP
 Currently only sockets and command pipelines support half-close. A future
 extension will allow reflected and stacked channels to do so.
+.VE 8.6
 .SH EXAMPLE
 .PP
 This illustrates how you can use Tcl to ensure that files get closed
@@ -1,217 +0,0 @@
-'\"
-'\" Copyright (c) 2014-2018 Donal K. Fellows.
-'\"
-'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
-'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
-'\"
-.TH "cookiejar" n 0.1 http "Tcl Bundled Packages"
-.so man.macros
-.BS
-'\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
-.SH NAME
-cookiejar \- Implementation of the Tcl http package cookie jar protocol
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.nf
-\fBpackage require\fR \fBcookiejar\fR ?\fB0.1\fR?
-
-\fB::http::cookiejar configure\fR ?\fIoptionName\fR? ?\fIoptionValue\fR?
-\fB::http::cookiejar create\fR \fIname\fR ?\fIfilename\fR?
-\fB::http::cookiejar new\fR ?\fIfilename\fR?
-
-\fIcookiejar\fR \fBdestroy\fR
-\fIcookiejar\fR \fBforceLoadDomainData\fR
-\fIcookiejar\fR \fBgetCookies\fR \fIprotocol host path\fR
-\fIcookiejar\fR \fBstoreCookie\fR \fIoptions\fR
-\fIcookiejar\fR \fBlookup\fR ?\fIhost\fR? ?\fIkey\fR?
-.fi
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.PP
-The cookiejar package provides an implementation of the http package's cookie
-jar protocol using an SQLite database. It provides one main command,
-\fB::http::cookiejar\fR, which is a TclOO class that should be instantiated to
-create a cookie jar that manages a particular HTTP session.
-.PP
-The database management policy can be controlled at the package level by the
-\fBconfigure\fR method on the \fB::http::cookiejar\fR class object:
-.TP
-\fB::http::cookiejar configure\fR ?\fIoptionName\fR? ?\fIoptionValue\fR?
-.
-If neither \fIoptionName\fR nor \fIoptionValue\fR are supplied, this returns a
-copy of the configuration as a Tcl dictionary. If just \fIoptionName\fR is
-supplied, just the value of the named option is returned. If both
-\fIoptionName\fR and \fIoptionValue\fR are given, the named option is changed
-to be the given value.
-.RS
-.PP
-Supported options are:
-.TP
-\fB\-domainfile \fIfilename\fR
-.
-A file (defaulting to within the cookiejar package) with a description of the
-list of top-level domains (e.g., \fB.com\fR or \fB.co.jp\fR). Such domains
-\fImust not\fR accept cookies set upon them. Note that the list of such
-domains is both security-sensitive and \fInot\fR constant and should be
-periodically refetched. Cookie jars maintain their own cache of the domain
-list.
-.TP
-\fB\-domainlist \fIurl\fR
-.
-A URL to fetch the list of top-level domains (e.g., \fB.com\fR or
-\fB.co.jp\fR) from.  Such domains \fImust not\fR accept cookies set upon
-them. Note that the list of such domains is both security-sensitive and
-\fInot\fR constant and should be periodically refetched. Cookie jars maintain
-their own cache of the domain list.
-.TP
-\fB\-domainrefresh \fIintervalMilliseconds\fR
-.
-The number of milliseconds between checks of the \fI\-domainlist\fR for new
-domains.
-.TP
-\fB\-loglevel \fIlevel\fR
-.
-The logging level of this package. The logging level must be (in order of
-decreasing verbosity) one of \fBdebug\fR, \fBinfo\fR, \fBwarn\fR, or
-\fBerror\fR.
-.TP
-\fB\-offline \fIflag\fR
-.
-Allows the cookie managment engine to be placed into offline mode. In offline
-mode, the list of domains is read immediately from the file configured in the
-\fB\-domainfile\fR option, and the \fB\-domainlist\fR option is not used; it
-also makes the \fB\-domainrefresh\fR option be effectively ignored.
-.TP
-\fB\-purgeold \fIintervalMilliseconds\fR
-.
-The number of milliseconds between checks of the database for expired
-cookies; expired cookies are deleted.
-.TP
-\fB\-retain \fIcookieCount\fR
-.
-The maximum number of cookies to retain in the database.
-.TP
-\fB\-vacuumtrigger \fIdeletionCount\fR
-.
-A count of the number of persistent cookie deletions to go between vacuuming
-the database.
-.RE
-.PP
-Cookie jar instances may be made with any of the standard TclOO instance
-creation methods (\fBcreate\fR or \fBnew\fR).
-.TP
-\fB::http::cookiejar new\fR ?\fIfilename\fR?
-.
-If a \fIfilename\fR argument is provided, it is the name of a file containing
-an SQLite database that will contain the persistent cookies maintained by the
-cookie jar; the database will be created if the file does not already
-exist. If \fIfilename\fR is not supplied, the database will be held entirely within
-memory, which effectively forces all cookies within it to be session cookies.
-.SS "INSTANCE METHODS"
-.PP
-The following methods are supported on the instances:
-.TP
-\fIcookiejar\fR \fBdestroy\fR
-.
-This is the standard TclOO destruction method. It does \fInot\fR delete the
-SQLite database if it is written to disk. Callers are responsible for ensuring
-that the cookie jar is not in use by the http package at the time of
-destruction.
-.TP
-\fIcookiejar\fR \fBforceLoadDomainData\fR
-.
-This method causes the cookie jar to immediately load (and cache) the domain
-list data. The domain list will be loaded from the \fB\-domainlist\fR
-configured a the package level if that is enabled, and otherwise will be
-obtained from the \fB\-domainfile\fR configured at the package level.
-.TP
-\fIcookiejar\fR \fBgetCookies\fR \fIprotocol host path\fR
-.
-This method obtains the cookies for a particular HTTP request. \fIThis
-implements the http cookie jar protocol.\fR
-.TP
-\fIcookiejar\fR \fBpolicyAllow\fR \fIoperation domain path\fR
-.
-This method is called by the \fBstoreCookie\fR method to get a decision on
-whether to allow \fIoperation\fR to be performed for the \fIdomain\fR and
-\fIpath\fR. This is checked immediately before the database is updated but
-after the built-in security checks are done, and should return a boolean
-value; if the value is false, the operation is rejected and the database is
-not modified. The supported \fIoperation\fRs are:
-.RS
-.TP
-\fBdelete\fR
-.
-The \fIdomain\fR is seeking to delete a cookie.
-.TP
-\fBsession\fR
-.
-The \fIdomain\fR is seeking to create or update a session cookie.
-.TP
-\fBset\fR
-.
-The \fIdomain\fR is seeking to create or update a persistent cookie (with a
-defined lifetime).
-.PP
-The default implementation of this method just returns true, but subclasses of
-this class may impose their own rules.
-.RE
-.TP
-\fIcookiejar\fR \fBstoreCookie\fR \fIoptions\fR
-.
-This method stores a single cookie from a particular HTTP response. Cookies
-that fail security checks are ignored. \fIThis implements the http cookie jar
-protocol.\fR
-.TP
-\fIcookiejar\fR \fBlookup\fR ?\fIhost\fR? ?\fIkey\fR?
-.
-This method looks a cookie by exact host (or domain) matching. If neither
-\fIhost\fR nor \fIkey\fR are supplied, the list of hosts for which a cookie is
-stored is returned. If just \fIhost\fR (which may be a hostname or a domain
-name) is supplied, the list of cookie keys stored for that host is returned.
-If both \fIhost\fR and \fIkey\fR are supplied, the value for that key is
-returned; it is an error if no such host or key match exactly.
-.SH "EXAMPLES"
-.PP
-The simplest way of using a cookie jar is to just permanently configure it at
-the start of the application.
-.PP
-.CS
-package require http
-\fBpackage require cookiejar\fR
-
-set cookiedb ~/.tclcookies.db
-http::configure -cookiejar [\fBhttp::cookiejar new\fR $cookiedb]
-
-# No further explicit steps are required to use cookies
-set tok [http::geturl http://core.tcl.tk/]
-.CE
-.PP
-To only allow a particular domain to use cookies, perhaps because you only
-want to enable a particular host to create and manipulate sessions, create a
-subclass that imposes that policy.
-.PP
-.CS
-package require http
-\fBpackage require cookiejar\fR
-
-oo::class create MyCookieJar {
-    superclass \fBhttp::cookiejar\fR
-
-    method \fBpolicyAllow\fR {operation domain path} {
-        return [expr {$domain eq "my.example.com"}]
-    }
-}
-
-set cookiedb ~/.tclcookies.db
-http::configure -cookiejar [MyCookieJar new $cookiedb]
-
-# No further explicit steps are required to use cookies
-set tok [http::geturl http://core.tcl.tk/]
-.CE
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-http(n), oo::class(n), sqlite3(n)
-.SH KEYWORDS
-cookie, internet, security policy, www
-'\" Local Variables:
-'\" mode: nroff
-'\" fill-column: 78
-'\" End:
@@ -9,18 +9,15 @@
 .BS
 '\" Note:  do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
 .SH NAME
-coroutine, yield, yieldto, coroinject, coroprobe \- Create and produce values from coroutines
+coroutine, yield, yieldto \- Create and produce values from coroutines
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .nf
 \fBcoroutine \fIname command\fR ?\fIarg...\fR?
 \fByield\fR ?\fIvalue\fR?
+.VS TIP396
 \fByieldto\fR \fIcommand\fR ?\fIarg...\fR?
 \fIname\fR ?\fIvalue...\fR?
-.sp
-.VS "8.7, TIP383"
-\fBcoroinject \fIcoroName command\fR ?\fIarg...\fR?
-\fBcoroprobe \fIcoroName command\fR ?\fIarg...\fR?
-.VE "8.7, TIP383"
+.VE TIP396
 .fi
 .BE
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -42,6 +39,7 @@ the context to be suspended. If the coroutine context never yields and instead
 returns conventionally, the result of the \fBcoroutine\fR command will be the
 result of the evaluation of the context.
 .PP
+.VS TIP396
 The coroutine may also suspend its execution by use of the \fByieldto\fR
 command, which instead of returning, cedes execution to some command called
 \fIcommand\fR (resolved in the context of the coroutine) and to which \fIany
@@ -60,10 +58,11 @@ with multiple arguments is by using \fByieldto\fR and the \fBreturn\fR
 command, like this:
 .PP
 .CS
-proc yieldMultiple {value} {
-    tailcall \fByieldto\fR string cat $value
+proc yieldm {value} {
+    \fByieldto\fR return -level 0 $value
 }
 .CE
+.VE TIP396
 .PP
 The coroutine can also be deleted by destroying the command \fIname\fR, and
 the name of the current coroutine can be retrieved by using
@@ -76,51 +75,6 @@ At the point when \fIcommand\fR is called, the current namespace will be the
 global namespace and there will be no stack frames above it (in the sense of
 \fBupvar\fR and \fBuplevel\fR). However, which command to call will be
 determined in the namespace that the \fBcoroutine\fR command was called from.
-.PP
-.VS "8.7, TIP383"
-A suspended coroutine (i.e., one that has \fByield\fRed or \fByieldto\fR-d)
-may have its state inspected (or modified) at that point by using
-\fBcoroprobe\fR to run a command at the point where the coroutine is at. The
-command takes the name of the coroutine to run the command in, \fIcoroName\fR,
-and the name of a command (any any arguments it requires) to immediately run
-at that point. The result of that command is the result of the \fBcoroprobe\fR
-command, and the gross state of the coroutine remains the same afterwards
-(i.e., the coroutine is still expecting the results of a \fByield\fR or
-\fByieldto\fR as before) though variables may have been changed.
-.PP
-Similarly, the \fBcoroinject\fR command may be used to place a command to be
-run inside a suspended coroutine (when it is resumed) to process arguments,
-with quite a bit of similarity to \fBcoroprobe\fR. However, with
-\fBcoroinject\fR there are several key differences:
-.VE "8.7, TIP383"
-.IP \(bu
-.VS "8.7, TIP383"
-The coroutine is not immediately resumed after the injection has been done.  A
-consequence of this is that multiple injections may be done before the
-coroutine is resumed. There injected commands are performed in \fIreverse
-order of definition\fR (that is, they are internally stored on a stack).
-.VE "8.7, TIP383"
-.IP \(bu
-.VS "8.7, TIP383"
-An additional two arguments are appended to the list of arguments to be run
-(that is, the \fIcommand\fR and its \fIargs\fR are extended by two elements).
-The first is the name of the command that suspended the coroutine (\fByield\fR
-or \fByieldto\fR), and the second is the argument (or list of arguments, in
-the case of \fByieldto\fR) that is the current resumption value.
-.VE "8.7, TIP383"
-.IP \(bu
-.VS "8.7, TIP383"
-The result of the injected command is used as the result of the \fByield\fR or
-\fByieldto\fR that caused the coroutine to become suspended. Where there are
-multiple injected commands, the result of one becomes the resumption value
-processed by the next.
-.PP
-The injection is a one-off. It is not retained once it has been executed. It
-may \fByield\fR or \fByieldto\fR as part of its execution.
-.PP
-Note that running coroutines may be neither probed nor injected; the
-operations may only be applied to
-.VE "8.7, TIP383"
 .SH EXAMPLES
 .PP
 This example shows a coroutine that will produce an infinite sequence of
@@ -184,6 +138,7 @@ for {set i 1} {$i <= 20} {incr i} {
 }
 .CE
 .PP
+.VS TIP396
 This example shows how a value can be passed around a group of three
 coroutines that yield to each other:
 .PP
@@ -195,57 +150,14 @@ proc juggler {name target {value ""}} {
    while {$value ne ""} {
        puts "$name : $value"
        set value [string range $value 0 end-1]
-        lassign [\fByieldto\fR \fI$target\fR $value] value
+        lassign [\fByieldto\fR $target $value] value
    }
 }
 \fBcoroutine\fR j1 juggler Larry [
    \fBcoroutine\fR j2 juggler Curly [
        \fBcoroutine\fR j3 juggler Moe j1]] "Nyuck!Nyuck!Nyuck!"
 .CE
-.PP
-.VS "8.7, TIP383"
-This example shows a simple coroutine that collects non-empty values and
-returns a list of them when not given an argument. It also shows how we can
-look inside the coroutine to find out what it is doing, and how we can modify
-the input on a one-off basis.
-.PP
-.CS
-proc collectorImpl {} {
-    set me [info coroutine]
-    set accumulator {}
-    for {set val [\fByield\fR $me]} {$val ne ""} {set val [\fByield\fR]} {
-        lappend accumulator $val
-    }
-    return $accumulator
-}
-
-\fBcoroutine\fR collect collectorImpl
-\fIcollect\fR 123
-\fIcollect\fR "abc def"
-\fIcollect\fR 456
-
-puts [\fBcoroprobe \fIcollect\fR set accumulator]
-# ==> 123 {abc def} 456
-
-\fIcollect\fR "pqr"
-
-\fBcoroinject \fIcollect\fR apply {{type value} {
-    puts "Received '$value' at a $type in [info coroutine]"
-    return [string toupper $value]
-}}
-
-\fIcollect\fR rst
-# ==> Received 'rst' at a yield in ::collect
-\fIcollect\fR xyz
-
-puts [\fIcollect\fR]
-# ==> 123 {abc def} 456 pqr RST xyz
-.CE
-.PP
-This example shows a simple coroutine that collects non-empty values and
-returns a list of them when not given an argument. It also shows how we can
-look inside the coroutine to find out what it is doing.
-.VE "8.7, TIP383"
+.VE TIP396
 .SS "DETAILED SEMANTICS"
 .PP
 This example demonstrates that coroutines start from the global namespace, and
@@ -17,9 +17,11 @@ dde \- Execute a Dynamic Data Exchange command
 .sp
 \fBdde servername\fR ?\fB\-force\fR? ?\fB\-handler \fIproc\fR? ?\fB\-\|\-\fR? ?\fItopic\fR?
 .sp
+.VS 8.6
 \fBdde execute\fR ?\fB\-async\fR? ?\fB\-binary\fR? \fIservice topic data\fR
 .sp
 \fBdde poke\fR ?\fB\-binary\fR? \fIservice topic item data\fR
+.VE 8.6
 .sp
 \fBdde request\fR ?\fB\-binary\fR? \fIservice topic item\fR
 .sp
@@ -80,11 +82,13 @@ script is run in the application.  The \fB\-async\fR option requests
 asynchronous invocation.  The command returns an error message if the
 script did not run, unless the \fB\-async\fR flag was used, in which case
 the command returns immediately with no error.
+.VS 8.6
 Without the \fB\-binary\fR option all data will be sent in unicode. For
 dde clients which don't implement the CF_UNICODE clipboard format, this
 will automatically be translated to the system encoding. You can use
 the \fB\-binary\fR option in combination with the result of
 \fBencoding convertto\fR to send data in any other encoding.
+.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBdde poke\fR ?\fB\-binary\fR? \fIservice topic item data\fR
 .
@@ -95,11 +99,13 @@ specific but can be a command to the server or the name of a file to work
 on.  The \fIitem\fR is also application specific and is often not used, but
 it must always be non-null.  The \fIdata\fR field is given to the remote
 application.
+.VS 8.6
 Without the \fB\-binary\fR option all data will be sent in unicode. For
 dde clients which don't implement the CF_UNICODE clipboard format, this
 will automatically be translated to the system encoding. You can use
 the \fB\-binary\fR option in combination with the result of
 \fBencoding convertto\fR to send data in any other encoding.
+.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBdde request\fR ?\fB\-binary\fR? \fIservice topic item\fR
 .
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\"
-'\" Copyright (c) 2007-2018 Donal K. Fellows
+'\" Copyright (c) 2007 Donal K. Fellows
 '\"
 '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
 '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
@@ -34,36 +34,11 @@ either the \fIdefScript\fR argument or by the \fIsubcommand\fR and following
 \fIarg\fR arguments; when the second is present, it is exactly as if all the
 arguments from \fIsubcommand\fR onwards are made into a list and that list is
 used as the \fIdefScript\fR argument.
-.PP
-Note that the constructor for \fBoo::class\fR will call \fBoo::define\fR on
-the script argument that it is provided. This is a convenient way to create
-and define a class in one step.
-.SH "CONFIGURING CLASSES"
+.SS "CONFIGURING CLASSES"
 .PP
 The following commands are supported in the \fIdefScript\fR for
 \fBoo::define\fR, each of which may also be used in the \fIsubcommand\fR form:
 .TP
-\fBclassmethod\fI name\fR ?\fIargList bodyScrip\fR?
-.VS TIP478
-This creates a class method, or (if \fIargList\fR and \fIbodyScript\fR are
-omitted) promotes an existing method on the class object to be a class
-method. The \fIname\fR, \fIargList\fR and \fIbodyScript\fR arguments are as in
-the \fBmethod\fR definition, below.
-.RS
-.PP
-Class methods can be called on either the class itself or on the instances of
-that class. When they are called, the current object (see the \fBsel\fR and
-\fBmy\fR commands) is the class on which they are called or the class of the
-instance on which they are called, depending on whether they are called on the
-class or an instance of the class, respectively. If called on a subclass or
-instance of the subclass, the current object is the subclass.
-.PP
-In a private definition context, the methods as invoked on classes are
-\fInot\fR private, but the methods as invoked on instances of classes are
-private.
-.RE
-.VE TIP478
-.TP
 \fBconstructor\fI argList bodyScript\fR
 .
 This creates or updates the constructor for a class. The formal arguments to
@@ -74,11 +49,13 @@ namespace of the constructor will be a namespace that is unique to the object
 being constructed. Within the constructor, the \fBnext\fR command should be
 used to call the superclasses' constructors. If \fIbodyScript\fR is the empty
 string, the constructor will be deleted.
-.RS
-.PP
-Classes do not need to have a constructor defined. If none is specified, the
-superclass's constructor will be used instead.
-.RE
+.TP
+\fBdeletemethod\fI name\fR ?\fIname ...\fR?
+.
+This deletes each of the methods called \fIname\fR from a class. The methods
+must have previously existed in that class. Does not affect the superclasses
+of the class, nor does it affect the subclasses or instances of the class
+(except when they have a call chain through the class being modified).
 .TP
 \fBdestructor\fI bodyScript\fR
 .
@@ -104,6 +81,19 @@ class being defined. Note that the methods themselves may be actually defined
 by a superclass; subclass exports override superclass visibility, and may in
 turn be overridden by instances.
 .TP
+\fBfilter\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fImethodName ...\fR?
+.VS
+This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
+.VE
+sets or updates the list of method names that are used to guard whether
+method call to instances of the class may be called and what the method's
+results are. Each \fImethodName\fR names a single filtering method (which may
+be exposed or not exposed); it is not an error for a non-existent method to be
+named since they may be defined by subclasses.
+.VS
+By default, this slot works by appending.
+.VE
+.TP
 \fBforward\fI name cmdName \fR?\fIarg ...\fR?
 .
 This creates or updates a forwarded method called \fIname\fR. The method is
@@ -115,24 +105,8 @@ fully-qualified, the command will be searched for in each object's namespace,
 using the instances' namespace's path, or by looking in the global namespace.
 The method will be exported if \fIname\fR starts with a lower-case letter, and
 non-exported otherwise.
-.RS
-.PP
-.VS TIP500
-If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
-below), this command creates private forwarded methods.
-.VE TIP500
-.RE
 .TP
-\fBinitialise\fI script\fR
-.TP
-\fBinitialize\fI script\fR
-.VS TIP478
-This evaluates \fIscript\fR in a context which supports local variables and
-where the current namespace is the instance namespace of the class object
-itself. This is useful for setting up, e.g., class-scoped variables.
-.VE TIP478
-.TP
-\fBmethod\fI name \fR?\fIoption\fR? \fIargList bodyScript\fR
+\fBmethod\fI name argList bodyScript\fR
 .
 This creates or updates a method that is implemented as a procedure-like
 script. The name of the method is \fIname\fR, the formal arguments to the
@@ -142,38 +116,28 @@ the body of the method is evaluated, the current namespace of the method will
 be a namespace that is unique to the current object. The method will be
 exported if \fIname\fR starts with a lower-case letter, and non-exported
 otherwise; this behavior can be overridden via \fBexport\fR and
-\fBunexport\fR
-.VS  TIP519
-or by specifying \fB\-export\fR, \fB\-private\fR or \fB\-unexport\fR in the
-optional parameter \fIoption\fR.
-.VE TIP519
-.RS
-.PP
-.VS TIP500
-If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
-below) or if the \fB\-private\fR flag is given for \fIoption\fR, this command
-creates private procedure-like methods.
-.VE TIP500
-.RE
+\fBunexport\fR.
 .TP
-\fBprivate \fIcmd arg...\fR
+\fBmixin\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIclassName ...\fR?
+.VS
+This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
+.VE
+sets or updates the list of additional classes that are to be mixed into
+all the instances of the class being defined. Each \fIclassName\fR argument
+names a single class that is to be mixed in.
+.VS
+By default, this slot works by replacement.
+.VE
 .TP
-\fBprivate \fIscript\fR
+\fBrenamemethod\fI fromName toName\fR
 .
-.VS TIP500
-This evaluates the \fIscript\fR (or the list of command and arguments given by
-\fIcmd\fR and \fIarg\fRs) in a context where the definitions made on the
-current class will be private definitions.
-.RS
-.PP
-The following class definition commands are affected by \fBprivate\fR:
-\fBforward\fR, \fBmethod\fR, \fBself\fR, and \fBvariable\fR. Nesting
-\fBprivate\fR inside \fBprivate\fR has no cumulative effect; the innermost
-definition context is just a private definition context. All other definition
-commands have no difference in behavior when used in a private definition
-context.
-.RE
-.VE TIP500
+This renames the method called \fIfromName\fR in a class to \fItoName\fR. The
+method must have previously existed in the class, and \fItoName\fR must not
+previously refer to a method in that class. Does not affect the superclasses
+of the class, nor does it affect the subclasses or instances of the class
+(except when they have a call chain through the class being modified). Does
+not change the export status of the method; if it was exported before, it will
+be afterwards.
 .TP
 \fBself\fI subcommand arg ...\fR
 .TP
@@ -195,23 +159,21 @@ operates identically to
 If no arguments at all are used, this gives the name of the class currently
 being configured.
 .VE TIP470
-.VS TIP500
-If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
-below), the definitions on the class object will also be made in a private
-definition context.
-.VE TIP500
 .RE
 .TP
 \fBsuperclass\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIclassName ...\fR?
-.
+.VS
 This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
+.VE
 allows the alteration of the superclasses of the class being defined.
 Each \fIclassName\fR argument names one class that is to be a superclass of
 the defined class. Note that objects must not be changed from being classes to
 being non-classes or vice-versa, that an empty parent class is equivalent to
 \fBoo::object\fR, and that the parent classes of \fBoo::object\fR and
 \fBoo::class\fR may not be modified.
+.VS
 By default, this slot works by replacement.
+.VE
 .TP
 \fBunexport\fI name \fR?\fIname ...\fR?
 .
@@ -223,212 +185,24 @@ actually defined by a superclass; subclass unexports override superclass
 visibility, and may be overridden by instance unexports.
 .TP
 \fBvariable\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIname ...\fR?
-.
+.VS
 This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below) arranges for each of the named
 variables to be automatically made
 available in the methods, constructor and destructor declared by the class
 being defined. Each variable name must not have any namespace
 separators and must not look like an array access. All variables will be
-actually present in the namespace of the instance object on which the method
-is executed. Note
+actually present in the instance object on which the method is executed. Note
 that the variable lists declared by a superclass or subclass are completely
 disjoint, as are variable lists declared by instances; the list of variable
 names is just for methods (and constructors and destructors) declared by this
 class. By default, this slot works by appending.
-.RS
-.PP
-.VS TIP500
-If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
-below), this slot manipulates the list of private variable bindings for this
-class. In a private variable binding, the name of the variable within the
-instance object is different to the name given in the definition; the name
-used in the definition is the name that you use to access the variable within
-the methods of this class, and the name of the variable in the instance
-namespace has a unique prefix that makes accidental use from other classes
-extremely unlikely.
-.VE TIP500
-.RE
-.SS "ADVANCED CLASS CONFIGURATION OPTIONS"
-.PP
-The following definitions are also supported, but are not required in simple
-programs:
-.TP
-\fBdefinitionnamespace\fR ?\fIkind\fR? \fInamespaceName\fR
-.VS TIP524
-This allows control over what namespace will be used by the \fBoo::define\fR
-and \fBoo::objdefine\fR commands to look up the definition commands they
-use. When any object has a definition operation applied to it, \fIthe class that
-it is an instance of\fR (and its superclasses and mixins) is consulted for
-what definition namespace to use. \fBoo::define\fR gets the class definition
-namespace, and \fB::oo::objdefine\fR gets the instance definition namespace,
-but both otherwise use the identical lookup operation.
-.RS
-.PP
-This sets the definition namespace of kind \fIkind\fR provided by the current
-class to \fInamespaceName\fR. The \fInamespaceName\fR must refer to a
-currently existing namespace, or must be the empty string (to stop the current
-class from having such a namespace connected). The \fIkind\fR, if supplied,
-must be either \fB\-class\fR (the default) or \fB\-instance\fR to specify the
-whether the namespace for use with \fBoo::define\fR or \fBoo::objdefine\fR
-respectively is being set.
-.PP
-The class \fBoo::object\fR has its instance namespace locked to
-\fB::oo::objdefine\fR, and the class \fBoo::class\fR has its class namespace
-locked to \fB::oo::define\fR. A consequence of this is that effective use of
-this feature for classes requires the definition of a metaclass.
-.RE
-.VE TIP524
-.TP
-\fBdeletemethod\fI name\fR ?\fIname ...\fR?
-.
-This deletes each of the methods called \fIname\fR from a class. The methods
-must have previously existed in that class. Does not affect the superclasses
-of the class, nor does it affect the subclasses or instances of the class
-(except when they have a call chain through the class being modified) or the
-class object itself.
-.TP
-\fBfilter\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fImethodName ...\fR?
-.
-This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
-sets or updates the list of method names that are used to guard whether
-method call to instances of the class may be called and what the method's
-results are. Each \fImethodName\fR names a single filtering method (which may
-be exposed or not exposed); it is not an error for a non-existent method to be
-named since they may be defined by subclasses.
-By default, this slot works by appending.
-.TP
-\fBmixin\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIclassName ...\fR?
-.
-This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
-sets or updates the list of additional classes that are to be mixed into
-all the instances of the class being defined. Each \fIclassName\fR argument
-names a single class that is to be mixed in.
-By default, this slot works by replacement.
-.TP
-\fBrenamemethod\fI fromName toName\fR
-.
-This renames the method called \fIfromName\fR in a class to \fItoName\fR. The
-method must have previously existed in the class, and \fItoName\fR must not
-previously refer to a method in that class. Does not affect the superclasses
-of the class, nor does it affect the subclasses or instances of the class
-(except when they have a call chain through the class being modified), or the
-class object itself. Does
-not change the export status of the method; if it was exported before, it will
-be afterwards.
-.SH "CONFIGURING OBJECTS"
+.VE
+.SS "CONFIGURING OBJECTS"
 .PP
 The following commands are supported in the \fIdefScript\fR for
 \fBoo::objdefine\fR, each of which may also be used in the \fIsubcommand\fR
 form:
 .TP
-\fBexport\fI name \fR?\fIname ...\fR?
-.
-This arranges for each of the named methods, \fIname\fR, to be exported
-(i.e. usable outside the object through the object's command) by the object
-being defined. Note that the methods themselves may be actually defined by a
-class or superclass; object exports override class visibility.
-.TP
-\fBforward\fI name cmdName \fR?\fIarg ...\fR?
-.
-This creates or updates a forwarded object method called \fIname\fR. The
-method is defined be forwarded to the command called \fIcmdName\fR, with
-additional arguments, \fIarg\fR etc., added before those arguments specified
-by the caller of the method. Forwarded methods should be deleted using the
-\fBmethod\fR subcommand. The method will be exported if \fIname\fR starts with
-a lower-case letter, and non-exported otherwise.
-.RS
-.PP
-.VS TIP500
-If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
-below), this command creates private forwarded methods.
-.VE TIP500
-.RE
-.TP
-\fBmethod\fI name \fR?\fIoption\fR? \fIargList bodyScript\fR
-.
-This creates, updates or deletes an object method. The name of the method is
-\fIname\fR, the formal arguments to the method (defined using the same format
-as for the Tcl \fBproc\fR command) will be \fIargList\fR, and the body of the
-method will be \fIbodyScript\fR. When the body of the method is evaluated, the
-current namespace of the method will be a namespace that is unique to the
-object. The method will be exported if \fIname\fR starts with a lower-case
-letter, and non-exported otherwise;
-.VS  TIP519
-this can be overridden by specifying \fB\-export\fR, \fB\-private\fR or
-\fB\-unexport\fR in the optional parameter \fIoption\fR, or via the
-\fBexport\fR and \fBunexport\fR definitions.
-.VE TIP519
-.RS
-.PP
-.VS TIP500
-If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
-below) or if the \fB\-private\fR flag is given for \fIoption\fR, this command
-creates private procedure-like methods.
-.VE TIP500
-.RE
-.TP
-\fBmixin\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIclassName ...\fR?
-.
-This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
-sets or updates a per-object list of additional classes that are to be
-mixed into the object. Each argument, \fIclassName\fR, names a single class
-that is to be mixed in.
-By default, this slot works by replacement.
-.TP
-\fBprivate \fIcmd arg...\fR
-.TP
-\fBprivate \fIscript\fR
-.VS TIP500
-This evaluates the \fIscript\fR (or the list of command and arguments given by
-\fIcmd\fR and \fIarg\fRs) in a context where the definitions made on the
-current object will be private definitions.
-.RS
-.PP
-The following class definition commands are affected by \fBprivate\fR:
-\fBforward\fR, \fBmethod\fR, and \fBvariable\fR. Nesting \fBprivate\fR inside
-\fBprivate\fR has no cumulative effect; the innermost definition context is
-just a private definition context. All other definition commands have no
-difference in behavior when used in a private definition context.
-.RE
-.VE TIP500
-.TP
-\fBunexport\fI name \fR?\fIname ...\fR?
-.
-This arranges for each of the named methods, \fIname\fR, to be not exported
-(i.e. not usable outside the object through the object's command, but instead
-just through the \fBmy\fR command visible in the object's context) by the
-object being defined. Note that the methods themselves may be actually defined
-by a class; instance unexports override class visibility.
-.TP
-\fBvariable\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIname ...\fR?
-.
-This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below) arranges for each of the named
-variables to be automatically made available in the methods declared by the
-object being defined.  Each variable name must not have any namespace
-separators and must not look like an array access. All variables will be
-actually present in the namespace of the object on which the method is
-executed. Note that the
-variable lists declared by the classes and mixins of which the object is an
-instance are completely disjoint; the list of variable names is just for
-methods declared by this object. By default, this slot works by appending.
-.RS
-.PP
-.VS TIP500
-If in a private definition context (see the \fBprivate\fR definition command,
-below), this slot manipulates the list of private variable bindings for this
-object.  In a private variable binding, the name of the variable within the
-instance object is different to the name given in the definition; the name
-used in the definition is the name that you use to access the variable within
-the methods of this instance object, and the name of the variable in the
-instance namespace has a unique prefix that makes accidental use from
-superclass methods extremely unlikely.
-.VE TIP500
-.RE
-.SS "ADVANCED OBJECT CONFIGURATION OPTIONS"
-.PP
-The following definitions are also supported, but are not required in simple
-programs:
-.TP
 \fBclass\fI className\fR
 .
 This allows the class of an object to be changed after creation. Note that the
@@ -438,77 +212,113 @@ well be in an inconsistent state unless additional configuration work is done.
 \fBdeletemethod\fI name\fR ?\fIname ...\fR
 .
 This deletes each of the methods called \fIname\fR from an object. The methods
-must have previously existed in that object (e.g., because it was created
-through \fBoo::objdefine method\fR). Does not affect the classes that the
-object is an instance of, or remove the exposure of those class-provided
-methods in the instance of that class.
+must have previously existed in that object. Does not affect the classes that
+the object is an instance of.
+.TP
+\fBexport\fI name \fR?\fIname ...\fR?
+.
+This arranges for each of the named methods, \fIname\fR, to be exported
+(i.e. usable outside the object through the object's command) by the object
+being defined. Note that the methods themselves may be actually defined by a
+class or superclass; object exports override class visibility.
 .TP
 \fBfilter\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fImethodName ...\fR?
-.
+.VS
 This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
+.VE
 sets or updates the list of method names that are used to guard whether a
 method call to the object may be called and what the method's results are.
 Each \fImethodName\fR names a single filtering method (which may be exposed or
 not exposed); it is not an error for a non-existent method to be named. Note
 that the actual list of filters also depends on the filters set upon any
 classes that the object is an instance of.
+.VS
 By default, this slot works by appending.
+.VE
+.TP
+\fBforward\fI name cmdName \fR?\fIarg ...\fR?
+.
+This creates or updates a forwarded object method called \fIname\fR. The
+method is defined be forwarded to the command called \fIcmdName\fR, with
+additional arguments, \fIarg\fR etc., added before those arguments specified
+by the caller of the method. Forwarded methods should be deleted using the
+\fBmethod\fR subcommand. The method will be exported if \fIname\fR starts with
+a lower-case letter, and non-exported otherwise.
+.TP
+\fBmethod\fI name argList bodyScript\fR
+.
+This creates, updates or deletes an object method. The name of the method is
+\fIname\fR, the formal arguments to the method (defined using the same format
+as for the Tcl \fBproc\fR command) will be \fIargList\fR, and the body of the
+method will be \fIbodyScript\fR. When the body of the method is evaluated, the
+current namespace of the method will be a namespace that is unique to the
+object. The method will be exported if \fIname\fR starts with a lower-case
+letter, and non-exported otherwise.
+.TP
+\fBmixin\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIclassName ...\fR?
+.VS
+This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below)
+.VE
+sets or updates a per-object list of additional classes that are to be
+mixed into the object. Each argument, \fIclassName\fR, names a single class
+that is to be mixed in.
+.VS
+By default, this slot works by replacement.
+.VE
 .TP
 \fBrenamemethod\fI fromName toName\fR
 .
 This renames the method called \fIfromName\fR in an object to \fItoName\fR.
 The method must have previously existed in the object, and \fItoName\fR must
 not previously refer to a method in that object. Does not affect the classes
-that the object is an instance of and cannot rename in an instance object the
-methods provided by those classes (though a \fBoo::objdefine forward\fRed
-method may provide an equivalent capability). Does not change the export
-status of the method; if it was exported before, it will be afterwards.
+that the object is an instance of. Does not change the export status of the
+method; if it was exported before, it will be afterwards.
 .TP
 \fBself \fR
+.
 .VS TIP470
 This gives the name of the object currently being configured.
 .VE TIP470
-.SH "PRIVATE METHODS"
-.VS TIP500
-When a class or instance has a private method, that private method can only be
-invoked from within methods of that class or instance. Other callers of the
-object's methods \fIcannot\fR invoke private methods, it is as if the private
-methods do not exist. However, a private method of a class \fIcan\fR be
-invoked from the class's methods when those methods are being used on another
-instance object; this means that a class can use them to coordinate behaviour
-between several instances of itself without interfering with how other
-classes (especially either subclasses or superclasses) interact. Private
-methods precede all mixed in classes in the method call order (as reported by
-\fBself call\fR).
-.VE TIP500
+.TP
+\fBunexport\fI name \fR?\fIname ...\fR?
+.
+This arranges for each of the named methods, \fIname\fR, to be not exported
+(i.e. not usable outside the object through the object's command, but instead
+just through the \fBmy\fR command visible in the object's context) by the
+object being defined. Note that the methods themselves may be actually defined
+by a class; instance unexports override class visibility.
+.TP
+\fBvariable\fR ?\fI\-slotOperation\fR? ?\fIname ...\fR?
+.VS
+This slot (see \fBSLOTTED DEFINITIONS\fR below) arranges for each of the named
+variables to be automatically made available in the methods declared by the
+object being defined.  Each variable name must not have any namespace
+separators and must not look like an array access. All variables will be
+actually present in the object on which the method is executed. Note that the
+variable lists declared by the classes and mixins of which the object is an
+instance are completely disjoint; the list of variable names is just for
+methods declared by this object. By default, this slot works by appending.
 .SH "SLOTTED DEFINITIONS"
 Some of the configurable definitions of a class or object are \fIslotted
 definitions\fR. This means that the configuration is implemented by a slot
 object, that is an instance of the class \fBoo::Slot\fR, which manages a list
 of values (class names, variable names, etc.) that comprises the contents of
-the slot. The class defines five operations (as methods) that may be done on
+the slot. The class defines three operations (as methods) that may be done on
 the slot:
+.VE
 .TP
 \fIslot\fR \fB\-append\fR ?\fImember ...\fR?
-.
+.VS
 This appends the given \fImember\fR elements to the slot definition.
+.VE
 .TP
 \fIslot\fR \fB\-clear\fR
-.
+.VS
 This sets the slot definition to the empty list.
-.TP
-\fIslot\fR \fB\-prepend\fR ?\fImember ...\fR?
-.VS TIP516
-This prepends the given \fImember\fR elements to the slot definition.
-.VE TIP516
-.TP
-\fIslot\fR \fB\-remove\fR ?\fImember ...\fR?
-.VS TIP516
-This removes the given \fImember\fR elements from the slot definition.
-.VE TIP516
+.VE
 .TP
 \fIslot\fR \fB\-set\fR ?\fImember ...\fR?
-.
+.VS
 This replaces the slot definition with the given \fImember\fR elements.
 .PP
 A consequence of this is that any use of a slot's default operation where the
@@ -521,55 +331,20 @@ which is forwarded to the default operation of the slot (thus, for the class
 slot, this is forwarded to
 .QW "\fBmy \-append\fR" ),
 and these methods which provide the implementation interface:
+.VE
 .TP
 \fIslot\fR \fBGet\fR
-.
-Returns a list that is the current contents of the slot, but does not modify
-the slot. This method must always be called from a stack frame created by a
-call to \fBoo::define\fR or \fBoo::objdefine\fR. This method \fIshould not\fR
-return an error unless it is called from outside a definition context or with
-the wrong number of arguments.
-.RS
-.PP
-.VS TIP516
-The elements of the list should be fully resolved, if that is a meaningful
-concept to the slot.
-.VE TIP516
-.RE
-.TP
-\fIslot\fR \fBResolve\fR \fIslotElement\fR
-.VS TIP516
-Returns \fIslotElement\fR with a resolution operation applied to it, but does
-not modify the slot. For slots of simple strings, this is an operation that
-does nothing, whereas for slots of classes, this maps a class name to its
-fully-qualified class name.  This method must always be called from a stack
-frame created by a call to \fBoo::define\fR or \fBoo::objdefine\fR.  This
-method \fIshould not\fR return an error unless it is called from outside a
-definition context or with the wrong number of arguments; unresolvable
-arguments should be returned as is (as not all slot operations strictly
-require that values are resolvable to work).
-.RS
-.PP
-Implementations \fIshould not\fR enforce uniqueness and ordering constraints
-in this method; that is the responsibility of the \fBSet\fR method.
-.RE
-.VE TIP516
+.VS
+Returns a list that is the current contents of the slot. This method must
+always be called from a stack frame created by a call to \fBoo::define\fR or
+\fBoo::objdefine\fR.
+.VE
 .TP
 \fIslot\fR \fBSet \fIelementList\fR
-.
+.VS
 Sets the contents of the slot to the list \fIelementList\fR and returns the
 empty string. This method must always be called from a stack frame created by
-a call to \fBoo::define\fR or \fBoo::objdefine\fR. This method may return an
-error if it rejects the change to the slot contents (e.g., because of invalid
-values) as well as if it is called from outside a definition context or with
-the wrong number of arguments.
-.RS
-.PP
-This method \fImay\fR reorder and filter the elements if this is necessary in
-order to satisfy the underlying constraints of the slot. (For example, slots
-of classes enforce a uniqueness constraint that places each element in the
-earliest location in the slot that it can.)
-.RE
+a call to \fBoo::define\fR or \fBoo::objdefine\fR.
 .PP
 The implementation of these methods is slot-dependent (and responsible for
 accessing the correct part of the class or object definition). Slots also have
@@ -577,14 +352,7 @@ an unknown method handler to tie all these pieces together, and they hide
 their \fBdestroy\fR method so that it is not invoked inadvertently. It is
 \fIrecommended\fR that any user changes to the slot mechanism be restricted to
 defining new operations whose names start with a hyphen.
-.PP
-.VS TIP516
-Most slot operations will initially \fBResolve\fR their argument list, combine
-it with the results of the \fBGet\fR method, and then \fBSet\fR the result.
-Some operations omit one or both of the first two steps; omitting the third
-would result in an idempotent read-only operation (but the standard mechanism
-for reading from slots is via \fBinfo class\fR and \fBinfo object\fR).
-.VE TIP516
+.VE
 .SH EXAMPLES
 This example demonstrates how to use both forms of the \fBoo::define\fR and
 \fBoo::objdefine\fR commands (they work in the same way), as well as
@@ -641,138 +409,6 @@ oo::class create B {
 inst m1              \fI\(-> prints "red brick"\fR
 inst m2              \fI\(-> prints "blue brick"\fR
 .CE
-.PP
-.VS TIP478
-This example shows how to create and use class variables. It is a class that
-counts how many instances of itself have been made.
-.PP
-.CS
-oo::class create Counted
-\fBoo::define\fR Counted {
-    \fBinitialise\fR {
-        variable count 0
-    }
-
-    \fBvariable\fR number
-    \fBconstructor\fR {} {
-        classvariable count
-        set number [incr count]
-    }
-
-    \fBmethod\fR report {} {
-        classvariable count
-        puts "This is instance $number of $count"
-    }
-}
-
-set a [Counted new]
-set b [Counted new]
-$a report
-        \fI\(-> This is instance 1 of 2\fR
-set c [Counted new]
-$b report
-        \fI\(-> This is instance 2 of 3\fR
-$c report
-        \fI\(-> This is instance 3 of 3\fR
-.CE
-.PP
-This example demonstrates how to use class methods. (Note that the constructor
-for \fBoo::class\fR calls \fBoo::define\fR on the class.)
-.PP
-.CS
-oo::class create DBTable {
-    \fBclassmethod\fR find {description} {
-        puts "DB: locate row from [self] matching $description"
-        return [my new]
-    }
-    \fBclassmethod\fR insert {description} {
-        puts "DB: create row in [self] matching $description"
-        return [my new]
-    }
-    \fBmethod\fR update {description} {
-        puts "DB: update row [self] with $description"
-    }
-    \fBmethod\fR delete {} {
-        puts "DB: delete row [self]"
-        my destroy; # Just delete the object, not the DB row
-    }
-}
-
-oo::class create Users {
-    \fBsuperclass\fR DBTable
-}
-oo::class create Groups {
-    \fBsuperclass\fR DBTable
-}
-
-set u1 [Users insert "username=abc"]
-        \fI\(-> DB: create row from ::Users matching username=abc\fR
-set u2 [Users insert "username=def"]
-        \fI\(-> DB: create row from ::Users matching username=def\fR
-$u2 update "group=NULL"
-        \fI\(-> DB: update row ::oo::Obj124 with group=NULL\fR
-$u1 delete
-        \fI\(-> DB: delete row ::oo::Obj123\fR
-set g [Group find "groupname=webadmins"]
-        \fI\(-> DB: locate row ::Group with groupname=webadmins\fR
-$g update "emailaddress=admins"
-        \fI\(-> DB: update row ::oo::Obj125 with emailaddress=admins\fR
-.CE
-.VE TIP478
-.PP
-.VS TIP524
-This example shows how to make a custom definition for a class. Note that it
-explicitly includes delegation to the existing definition commands via
-\fBnamespace path\fR.
-.PP
-.CS
-namespace eval myDefinitions {
-    # Delegate to existing definitions where not overridden
-    namespace path \fB::oo::define\fR
-
-    # A custom type of method
-    proc exprmethod {name arguments body} {
-        tailcall \fBmethod\fR $name $arguments [list expr $body]
-    }
-
-    # A custom way of building a constructor
-    proc parameters args {
-        uplevel 1 [list \fBvariable\fR {*}$args]
-        set body [join [lmap a $args {
-            string map [list VAR $a] {
-                set [my varname VAR] [expr {double($VAR)}]
-            }
-        }] ";"]
-        tailcall \fBconstructor\fR $args $body
-    }
-}
-
-# Bind the namespace into a (very simple) metaclass for use
-oo::class create exprclass {
-    \fBsuperclass\fR oo::class
-    \fBdefinitionnamespace\fR myDefinitions
-}
-
-# Use the custom definitions
-exprclass create quadratic {
-    parameters a b c
-    exprmethod evaluate {x} {
-        ($a * $x**2) + ($b * $x) + $c
-    }
-}
-
-# Showing the resulting class and object in action
-quadratic create quad 1 2 3
-for {set x 0} {$x <= 4} {incr x} {
-    puts [format "quad(%d) = %.2f" $x [quad evaluate $x]]
-}
-        \fI\(-> quad(0) = 3.00\fR
-        \fI\(-> quad(1) = 6.00\fR
-        \fI\(-> quad(2) = 11.00\fR
-        \fI\(-> quad(3) = 18.00\fR
-        \fI\(-> quad(4) = 27.00\fR
-.CE
-.VE TIP524
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 next(n), oo::class(n), oo::object(n)
 .SH KEYWORDS
@@ -27,11 +27,6 @@ key maps to in the dictionary value contained in the given variable,
 writing the resulting dictionary value back to that variable.
 Non-existent keys are treated as if they map to an empty string. The
 updated dictionary value is returned.
-.VS TIP508
-If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
-array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
-value of the dictionary prior to the appending operation.
-.VE TIP508
 .TP
 \fBdict create \fR?\fIkey value ...\fR?
 .
@@ -54,8 +49,10 @@ type (which may be abbreviated.)  Supported filter types are:
 .RS
 .TP
 \fBdict filter \fIdictionaryValue \fBkey\fR ?\fIglobPattern ...\fR?
+.VS 8.6
 The key rule only matches those key/value pairs whose keys match any
 of the given patterns (in the style of \fBstring match\fR.)
+.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBdict filter \fIdictionaryValue \fBscript {\fIkeyVariable valueVariable\fB} \fIscript\fR
 .
@@ -72,8 +69,10 @@ result. The key/value pairs are tested in the order in which the keys
 were inserted into the dictionary.
 .TP
 \fBdict filter \fIdictionaryValue \fBvalue \fR?\fIglobPattern ...\fR?
+.VS 8.6
 The value rule only matches those key/value pairs whose values match any
 of the given patterns (in the style of \fBstring match\fR.)
+.VE 8.6
 .RE
 .TP
 \fBdict for {\fIkeyVariable valueVariable\fB} \fIdictionaryValue body\fR
@@ -116,22 +115,6 @@ It is an error to attempt to retrieve a value for a key that is not
 present in the dictionary.
 .RE
 .TP
-\fBdict getdef \fIdictionaryValue \fR?\fIkey ...\fR? \fIkey default\fR
-.TP
-\fBdict getwithdefault \fIdictionaryValue \fR?\fIkey ...\fR? \fIkey default\fR
-.VS "8.7, TIP342"
-This behaves the same as \fBdict get\fR (with at least one \fIkey\fR
-argument), returning the value that the key path maps to in the
-dictionary \fIdictionaryValue\fR, except that instead of producing an
-error because the \fIkey\fR (or one of the \fIkey\fRs on the key path)
-is absent, it returns the \fIdefault\fR argument instead.
-.RS
-.PP
-Note that there must always be at least one \fIkey\fR provided, and that
-\fBdict getdef\fR and \fBdict getwithdefault\fR are aliases for each other.
-.RE
-.VE "8.7, TIP342"
-.TP
 \fBdict incr \fIdictionaryVariable key \fR?\fIincrement\fR?
 .
 This adds the given increment value (an integer that defaults to 1 if
@@ -141,11 +124,6 @@ resulting dictionary value back to that variable. Non-existent keys
 are treated as if they map to 0. It is an error to increment a value
 for an existing key if that value is not an integer. The updated
 dictionary value is returned.
-.VS TIP508
-If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
-array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
-value of the dictionary prior to the incrementing operation.
-.VE TIP508
 .TP
 \fBdict info \fIdictionaryValue\fR
 .
@@ -171,11 +149,6 @@ keys are treated as if they map to an empty list, and it is legal for
 there to be no items to append to the list. It is an error for the
 value that the key maps to to not be representable as a list. The
 updated dictionary value is returned.
-.VS TIP508
-If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
-array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
-value of the dictionary prior to the list-appending operation.
-.VE TIP508
 .TP
 \fBdict map \fR{\fIkeyVariable valueVariable\fR} \fIdictionaryValue body\fR
 .
@@ -233,11 +206,6 @@ value and places an updated dictionary value in that variable
 containing a mapping from the given key to the given value. When
 multiple keys are present, this operation creates or updates a chain
 of nested dictionaries. The updated dictionary value is returned.
-.VS TIP508
-If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
-array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
-value of the dictionary prior to the value insert/update operation.
-.VE TIP508
 .TP
 \fBdict size \fIdictionaryValue\fR
 .
@@ -253,11 +221,6 @@ through nested dictionaries to the mapping to remove. At least one key
 must be specified, but the last key on the key-path need not exist.
 All other components on the path must exist. The updated dictionary
 value is returned.
-.VS TIP508
-If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
-array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
-value of the dictionary prior to the value remove operation.
-.VE TIP508
 .TP
 \fBdict update \fIdictionaryVariable key varName \fR?\fIkey varName ...\fR? \fIbody\fR
 .
@@ -273,11 +236,6 @@ are silently discarded), even if the result of \fIbody\fR is an error
 or some other kind of exceptional exit. The result of \fBdict
 update\fR is (unless some kind of error occurs) the result of the
 evaluation of \fIbody\fR.
-.VS TIP508
-If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
-array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
-value of the dictionary prior to the update operation.
-.VE TIP508
 .RS
 .PP
 Each \fIvarName\fR is mapped in the scope enclosing the \fBdict update\fR;
@@ -312,11 +270,6 @@ dictionary be discarded, and this also happens if the contents of
 dictionaries no longer exists. The result of \fBdict with\fR is
 (unless some kind of error occurs) the result of the evaluation of
 \fIbody\fR.
-.VS TIP508
-If \fIdictionaryVarable\fR indicates an element that does not exist of an
-array that has a default value set, the default value and will be used as the
-value of the dictionary prior to the updating operation.
-.VE TIP508
 .RS
 .PP
 The variables are mapped in the scope enclosing the \fBdict with\fR;
@@ -59,7 +59,3 @@ while {1} {
 file(n), open(n), close(n), fblocked(n), Tcl_StandardChannels(3)
 .SH KEYWORDS
 channel, end of file
-'\" Local Variables:
-'\" mode: nroff
-'\" fill-column: 78
-'\" End:
@@ -217,19 +217,6 @@ information is instead sent to the console, if one is present, or is
 discarded.
 .RS
 .PP
-Note that the current escape resp. quoting of arguments for windows works only
-with executables using CommandLineToArgv, CRT-library or similar, as well as
-with the windows batch files (excepting the newline, see below).
-Although it is the common escape algorithm, but, in fact, the way how the
-executable parses the command-line (resp. splits it into single arguments)
-is decisive.
-.PP
-Unfortunately, there is currently no way to supply newline character within
-an argument to the batch files (\fB.cmd\fR or \fB.bat\fR) or to the command
-processor (\fBcmd.exe /c\fR), because this causes truncation of command-line
-(also the argument chain) on the first newline character.
-But it works properly with an executable (using CommandLineToArgv, etc).
-.PP
 The Tk console text widget does not provide real standard IO capabilities.
 Under Tk, when redirecting from standard input, all applications will see an
 immediate end-of-file; information redirected to standard output or standard
@@ -338,6 +325,7 @@ if {[catch {\fBexec\fR grep foo bar.txt} results options]} {
    }
 }
 .CE
+.VS 8.6
 .PP
 This is more easily written using the \fBtry\fR command, as that makes
 it simpler to trap specific types of errors. This is
@@ -351,6 +339,7 @@ try {
    set status [lindex [dict get $options -errorcode] 2]
 }
 .CE
+.VE 8.6
 .SS "WORKING WITH QUOTED ARGUMENTS"
 .PP
 When translating a command from a Unix shell invocation, care should
@@ -420,10 +409,6 @@ that sometimes pop up:
 With the file \fIcmp.bat\fR looking something like:
 .PP
 .CS
-@gcc %*
-.CE
-or like another variant using single parameters:
-.CS
@gcc %1 %2 %3 %4 %5 %6 %7 %8 %9
 .CE
 .SS "WORKING WITH COMMAND BUILT-INS"
@@ -49,7 +49,3 @@ if {[catch {main} msg options]} {
 exec(n)
 .SH KEYWORDS
 abort, exit, process
-'\" Local Variables:
-'\" mode: nroff
-'\" fill-column: 78
-'\" End:
@@ -50,9 +50,7 @@ An integer operand may be specified in decimal (the normal case, the optional
 first two characters are \fB0d\fR), binary
 (the first two characters are \fB0b\fR), octal
 (the first two characters are \fB0o\fR), or hexadecimal
-(the first two characters are \fB0x\fR) form.  For
-compatibility with older Tcl releases, an operand that begins with \fB0\fR is
-interpreted as an octal integer even if the second character is not \fBo\fR.
+(the first two characters are \fB0x\fR) form.
 A floating-point number may be specified in any of several
 common decimal formats, and may use the decimal point \fB.\fR,
 \fBe\fR or \fBE\fR for scientific notation, and
@@ -97,7 +95,7 @@ and the value of \fBb\fR is 6.  The command on the left side of each line
 produces the value on the right side.
 .PP
 .CS
-.ta 9c
+.ta 6c
 \fBexpr\fR 3.1 + $a	\fI6.1\fR
 \fBexpr\fR 2 + "$a.$b"	\fI5.6\fR
 \fBexpr\fR 4*[llength "6 2"]	\fI8\fR
@@ -126,8 +124,7 @@ applied to integers.
 .TP 20
 \fB**\fR
 .
-Exponentiation.  Valid for numeric operands.  The maximum exponent value
-that Tcl can handle if the first number is an integer > 1 is 268435455.
+Exponentiation.  Valid for numeric operands.
 .TP 20
 \fB*\0\0/\0\0%\fR
 .
@@ -159,18 +156,7 @@ A right shift always propagates the sign bit.
 .TP 20
 \fB<\0\0>\0\0<=\0\0>=\fR
 .
-Boolean numeric-preferring comparisons: less than, greater than, less than or
-equal, and greater than or equal. If either argument is not numeric, the
-comparison is done using UNICODE string comparison, as with the string
-comparison operators below, which have the same precedence.
-.TP 20
-\fBlt\0\0gt\0\0le\0\0ge\fR
-.VS "8.7, TIP461"
-Boolean string comparisons: less than, greater than, less than or equal, and
-greater than or equal. These always compare values using their UNICODE strings
-(also see \fBstring compare\fR), unlike with the numeric-preferring
-comparisons abov, which have the same precedence.
-.VE "8.7, TIP461"
+Boolean less than, greater than, less than or equal, and greater than or equal.
 .TP 20
 \fB==\0\0!=\fR
 .
@@ -201,22 +187,16 @@ Bit-wise OR.  Valid for integer operands.
 \fB&&\fR
 .
 Logical AND.  If both operands are true, the result is 1, or 0 otherwise.
-This operator evaluates lazily; it only evaluates its second operand if it
-must in order to determine its result.
-This operator evaluates lazily; it only evaluates its second operand if it
-must in order to determine its result.
+
 .TP 20
 \fB||\fR
 .
 Logical OR.  If both operands are false, the result is 0, or 1 otherwise.
-This operator evaluates lazily; it only evaluates its second operand if it
-must in order to determine its result.
 .TP 20
-\fIx \fB?\fI y \fB:\fI z\fR
+\fIx\fB?\fIy\fB:\fIz\fR
 .
 If-then-else, as in C.  If \fIx\fR is false , the result is the value of
 \fIy\fR.  Otherwise the result is the value of \fIz\fR.
-This operator evaluates lazily; it evaluates only one of \fIy\fR or \fIz\fR.
 .PP
 The exponentiation operator promotes types in the same way that the multiply
 and divide operators do, and the result is is the same as the result of
@@ -224,7 +204,6 @@ and divide operators do, and the result is is the same as the result of
 Exponentiation groups right-to-left within a precedence level. Other binary
 operators group left-to-right.  For example, the value of
 .PP
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBexpr\fR {4*2 < 7}
 .CE
@@ -355,73 +334,39 @@ This also avoids issues that can arise if Tcl is allowed to perform
 substitution on the value before \fBexpr\fR is called.
 .PP
 In the following example, the value of the expression is 11 because the Tcl parser first
-substitutes \fB$b\fR and \fBexpr\fR then substitutes \fB$a\fR as part
-of evaluating the expression
-.QW "$a + 2*4" .
-Enclosing the
-expression in braces would result in a syntax error as \fB$b\fR does
-not evaluate to a numeric value.
-.PP
+substitutes \fB$b\fR and \fBexpr\fR then substitutes \fB$a\fR.  Enclosing the
+expression in braces would result in a syntax error.
 .CS
 set a 3
 set b {$a + 2}
 \fBexpr\fR $b*4
 .CE
 .PP
-When an expression is generated at runtime, like the one above is, the bytecode
+
+When an expression is generated at runtime, like the one above is, the bytcode
 compiler must ensure that new code is generated each time the expression
 is evaluated.  This is the most costly kind of expression from a performance
 perspective.  In such cases, consider directly using the commands described in
 the \fBmathfunc\fR(n) or \fBmathop\fR(n) documentation instead of \fBexpr\fR.
-.PP
+
 Most expressions are not formed at runtime, but are literal strings or contain
 substitutions that don't introduce other substitutions.  To allow the bytecode
 compiler to work with an expression as a string literal at compilation time,
 ensure that it contains no substitutions or that it is enclosed in braces or
 otherwise quoted to prevent Tcl from performing substitutions, allowing
 \fBexpr\fR to perform them instead.
-.PP
-If it is necessary to include a non-constant expression string within the
-wider context of an otherwise-constant expression, the most efficient
-technique is to put the varying part inside a recursive \fBexpr\fR, as this at
-least allows for the compilation of the outer part, though it does mean that
-the varying part must itself be evaluated as a separate expression. Thus, in
-this example the result is 20 and the outer expression benefits from fully
-cached bytecode compilation.
-.PP
-.CS
-set a 3
-set b {$a + 2}
-\fBexpr\fR {[\fBexpr\fR $b] * 4}
-.CE
-.PP
-In general, you should enclose your expression in braces wherever possible,
-and where not possible, the argument to \fBexpr\fR should be an expression
-defined elsewhere as simply as possible. It is usually more efficient and
-safer to use other techniques (e.g., the commands in the \fBtcl::mathop\fR
-namespace) than it is to do complex expression generation.
 .SH EXAMPLES
 .PP
 A numeric comparison whose result is 1:
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBexpr\fR {"0x03" > "2"}
 .CE
 .PP
 A string comparison whose result is 1:
-.PP
 .CS
 \fBexpr\fR {"0y" > "0x12"}
 .CE
 .PP
-.VS "8.7, TIP461"
-A forced string comparison whose result is 0:
-.PP
-.CS
-\fBexpr\fR {"0x03" gt "2"}
-.CE
-.VE "8.7, TIP461"
-.PP
 Define a procedure that computes an
 .QW interesting
 mathematical function:
@@ -477,9 +422,9 @@ string(n), Tcl(n), while(n)
 arithmetic, boolean, compare, expression, fuzzy comparison
 .SH COPYRIGHT
 .nf
-Copyright \(co 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
-Copyright \(co 1994-2000 Sun Microsystems Incorporated.
-Copyright \(co 2005 by Kevin B. Kenny <kennykb@acm.org>. All rights reserved.
+Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
+Copyright (c) 1994-2000 Sun Microsystems Incorporated.
+Copyright (c) 2005 by Kevin B. Kenny <kennykb@acm.org>. All rights reserved.
 .fi
 '\" Local Variables:
 '\" mode: nroff
@@ -65,7 +65,3 @@ vwait forever
 gets(n), open(n), read(n), socket(n), Tcl_StandardChannels(3)
 .SH KEYWORDS
 blocking, nonblocking
-'\" Local Variables:
-'\" mode: nroff
-'\" fill-column: 78
-'\" End:
@@ -433,38 +433,9 @@ If \fIname\fR contains no separators then returns \fIname\fR.  So,
 \fBfile tail a/b\fR, \fBfile tail a/b/\fR and \fBfile tail b\fR all
 return \fBb\fR.
 .TP
-\fBfile tempdir\fR ?\fItemplate\fR?
-.VS "8.7, TIP 431"
-Creates a temporary directory (guaranteed to be newly created and writable by
-the current script) and returns its name. If \fItemplate\fR is given, it
-specifies one of or both of the existing directory (on a filesystem controlled
-by the operating system) to contain the temporary directory, and the base part
-of the directory name; it is considered to have the location of the directory
-if there is a directory separator in the name, and the base part is everything
-after the last directory separator (if non-empty).  The default containing
-directory is determined by system-specific operations, and the default base
-name prefix is
-.QW \fBtcl\fR .
-.RS
-.PP
-The following output is typical and illustrative; the actual output will vary
-between platforms:
-.PP
-.CS
-% \fBfile tempdir\fR
-/var/tmp/tcl_u0kuy5
- % \fBfile tempdir\fR /tmp/myapp
-/tmp/myapp_8o7r9L
-% \fBfile tempdir\fR /tmp/
-/tmp/tcl_1mOJHD
-% \fBfile tempdir\fR myapp
-/var/tmp/myapp_0ihS0n
-.CE
-.RE
-.VE "8.7, TIP 431"
-.TP
 \fBfile tempfile\fR ?\fInameVar\fR? ?\fItemplate\fR?
 '\" TIP #210
+.VS 8.6
 Creates a temporary file and returns a read-write channel opened on that file.
 If the \fInameVar\fR is given, it specifies a variable that the name of the
 temporary file will be written into; if absent, Tcl will attempt to arrange
@@ -479,6 +450,7 @@ Note that temporary files are \fIonly\fR ever created on the native
 filesystem. As such, they can be relied upon to be used with operating-system
 native APIs and external programs that require a filename.
 .RE
+.VE 8.6
 .TP
 \fBfile type \fIname\fR
 .
@@ -154,7 +154,3 @@ fconfigure(n), gets(n), interp(n), puts(n), read(n), Tcl_StandardChannels(3)
 .SH KEYWORDS
 asynchronous I/O, blocking, channel, event handler, nonblocking, readable,
 script, writable.
-'\" Local Variables:
-'\" mode: nroff
-'\" fill-column: 78
-'\" End:
--- a/Show More
+++ b/Show More
Author	SHA1	Message	Date
pooryorick	95d7850d9e	merge trunk	2018-05-05 11:39:20 +00:00
jan.nijtmans	8a090098fe	merge trunk	2017-02-01 15:03:59 +00:00
pooryorick	547a4781df	merge trunk	2016-10-03 16:55:56 +00:00
pooryorick	77140c23d4	Fix improper use of TclCheckEmptySTring.	2016-08-22 07:58:55 +00:00
pooryorick	382ff46e71	Remove unnecessary macro. Use an enum for result values.	2016-07-11 09:16:15 +00:00
pooryorick	0af0a4ef07	Change TclIsEmpty to TclCheckEmptyString. Check length instead of first char of bytes.	2016-07-11 08:09:33 +00:00
pooryorick	ee2b083ea7	Add missing "break".	2016-07-11 00:01:58 +00:00
pooryorick	2c4866bd92	Avoid generating string representation for comparisons against empty string.	2016-07-10 23:07:47 +00:00